Find out more - Platinum Travel Corporation

Transcription

WALKING
& TREKKING
2015-16
Powered by
where adventure begins
The world
at your feet
Contents
Welcome to our world
Walk this way
4-5
6-7
Trekking expertise
8-9
Ready to go?
10-11
Europe Contents
12-13
France & Switzerland
14-25
Austria & Italy
26-37
Spain & Portugal
38-45
Exodus are the trekking experts. Our office staff alone have seen over 100 sunrises on
Kilimanjaro, reached the summit of Mont Blanc and felt microscopic on the Patagonian
plains. We’ve headed off the beaten track, we’ve hiked the classics, and we’ve pioneered
new routes through the Himalaya.
Eastern Europe & the Balkans
46-53
Turkey & Greece
54-59
All this experience is distilled into each of our carefully designed itineraries. From sharing
the ‘local trails’ through Nepal to timing it just right for the perfect arrival at Machu Picchu,
our smoothly-run trips mean you can concentrate on the moments that really matter.
Rest of Europe
60-61
Self-Guided Walking
62-67
North Africa & the Middle East Contents
68-69
Morocco
70-76
Middle East
77-79
Sub-Saharan Africa Contents
80-81
Tanzania
82-87
Kenya & Ethiopia
88-89
Southern Africa
Asia Contents
90-91
92-93
Nepal
94-103
Bhutan
103-104
India
105-109
The Far East
Americas Contents
110-115
116-117
Peru
118-122
Costa Rica, Venezuela & Ecuador
123-125
Brazil, Chile & Argentina
126-128
Cuba & Guatemala
129-130
North America
131-134
Cover Photograph: Gokyo Lake, Khumbu region, Nepal. Page 96.
Main Photograph: Kilimanjaro, Tanzania. Page 83.
2
3
Welcome to
our world
97
%
of our travellers
would recommend
Exodus to friends *
%
98
of our travellers think that
we design and operate our
trips to benefit the local
community and environment *
93
%
4.7 out of 5
of our travellers
say our leaders
met or exceeded
expectations *
Average trip rating
based on the last
100 online customer
reviews
* Based on feedback from 2014 up to the time of publication
For more than 40 years Exodus has been developing and perfecting adventures. We began
in 1974 with two men and one dream: to drive an overland truck full of adventurers deep
into the Hindu Kush, an area bordering on inaccessible, to stand awestruck at the foot of
the Minaret of Jam.
Today, our horizons have expanded: 450 itineraries, 90 countries, all seven continents.
What hasn’t changed is our vision. An Exodus adventure is a life-changing, invigorating
escape from the ordinary.
Isn’t it time you saw the world differently?
Main Photograph: Admiring the panorama from the summit of Stok Kangri, the Indian Himalaya. Page 105.
Travelling Responsibly
Exodus has always believed in providing exciting, adventurous and sensitively run holidays. We strive to support
local businesses, keep money in the local economy and create jobs, whilst caring for the natural environments
and local cultures we visit
We recognise that everywhere is someone else’s home, and encourage our travellers to think the same.
Top tips for travelling responsibly on your Walking Holiday:
· Take water bottles – plastic mineral water bottles
are difficult to recycle. To lessen the impact of waste
whilst on trek drink boiled or filtered water where
possible.
· Spend locally – when you spend your money at
locally owned enterprises you support and invest
in the community you’re visiting.
· Dress appropriately – our trips often visit rural
communities where wearing appropriate clothing,
covering shoulders and knees for example,
shows respect.
· Value local resources – many places we visit
struggle with resources like water and energy
consumption. Simple acts such as turning
off the tap while you clean your teeth, or the
air conditioning whilst you’re out, make a big
difference.
· Read up before you go – detailed and specific
information about your trip can be found in Trip
Notes, which you can download online or request
from our sales team. In addition to travelling responsibly, you may like to learn more about our various projects where we aim to help
the communities and environments we visit. We support educational and environmental projects in Tanzania,
Nepal and India, both financially and practically, and if you would like to know more or would like to donate to
one of our projects please visit www.exodustravels.com/responsible-travel
4
5
Walk this way
Small Group Adventures
Activity Levels
• Fully supported travel in a group of approximately 12 like-minded people
Find Your Comfort Zone
• Carefully timed departure dates for the best conditions on the mountains
• Award-winning guides and expert local leaders
F
Each adventure is given an activity level, to help you
choose a trip appropriate to your ability and requirements.
Special families-only departures of popular trips. Keep an eye out
for the Family icon next to dates and prices. Minimum age varies.
Recommended departures for solo travellers. See the Date & Price
Guide for selected departures.
1
LEISURELY
Self-Guided Adventures
• Go your own way at your own pace.
• Detailed route notes and maps provided, all luggage transfers included
• Choose from more than 20 European walking and cycling holidays
3
MODERATE
Private Groups
• Travel in a group of your own choosing (minimum six people),
with an Exodus guide leading the way
• Customise a standard Exodus itinerary
5
CHALLENGING
• Pick your own dates of travel
• Perfect for a milestone birthday or a fundraising challenge
Want to find out more?
Visit www.exodustravels.com/groups
Accommodation
Exodus uses small, often family-run accommodation in keeping with
the surroundings. Each one has been carefully selected for great
locations and welcoming atmospheres.
7
TOUGH
• Hotel Due Torri – Overlooking the Agerola Plain, this family-run
business has three generations under one roof and is known for its
traditional Italian cuisine, all made from local ingredients. See page 33.
• Camping – Facilities vary based on destination. In the Alps, we use
spacious 3-man Quechua pop-up tents for two people sharing. See
page 16.
9
PREMIUM
TOUGH+
Premium Adventures offer extra style and comfort. Hotels have
been handpicked for their luxurious qualities and may be renowned
for their cuisine. For upgraded accommodation, we also offer
Premium Departures on some of our most popular trips.
Look for the
P
in the Date & Price Guide.
2
SPLIT GRADES
You are healthy and want a relaxing trip
where you’ll be walking for two to five hours
a day. Daily ascents will be around 300m to
500m; trails are seldom flat. No experience
is required.
You are reasonably fit, enjoy the outdoors
and are looking for some exercise. A walking
day is usually five to seven hours and daily
ascents normally between 500m and
800m. These are either medium duration
walks or shorter, harder walks.
Fitness and a spirit of adventure are important
at this level. Some previous experience is helpful
but not essential – the level is comparable to
extended walking in mountainous terrain like
Snowdonia or the Scottish Highlands. Expect
walking days between six and eight hours,
with daily ascents around 900m to 1000m
– although these numbers may be higher for
passes or summits.
We strongly recommend previous experience
(preferably at high altitude) at this level. You
need to be confident in your ability to trek
for many days over difficult terrain, often
in extreme weather conditions. Stamina is
essential. Most days you’ll be walking between
six and nine hours, although sometimes
longer, and ascending 900m to 1000m,
although occasionally more.
This level combines the elements of a Tough
trip, but includes climbing a glaciated peak; you
must have previous experience of specialist
equipment such as ice axes and crampons.
You may be trekking for eleven hours or more.
Sometimes we use split grades, for a more
accurate grading system, for example
Leisurely/Moderate, or for optional ascents.
Main Photograph: On the Inca trail towards Inti Punku, Peru. Page 119.
6
7
Trekking
expertise
Pasang
Bomjan
Stephanie
Besson
Frank
Hibbert
Trekking Leader of
the Year 2012, Pasang
is one of our most
experienced leaders in
Nepal and never tires of
helping people achieve
their dream of reaching
Everest Base Camp.
Funny and kind-hearted
Stephanie is always a
hit with our walkers,
and is always happy to
let you practice some
French chit-chat!
10 seasons in the Alps
and more than 50
completed Mont Blanc
circuits: you couldn’t
ask for a more
qualified guide for
the Tour than Frank.
Want to travel with Pasang?
Turn to page 95
8
Call
0845 330 6007 or visit www.exodus.co.uk and enter the three letter trip code
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
Want to travel with Stephanie?
Turn to page 2 3
Call
Want to travel with Frank?
Turn to page 17
0845 330 6007 or visit www.exodus.co.uk and enter the three letter trip code
Main Photograph: Everest Advanced Base Camp, Nepal. Page 97.
Featured Leaders
9
Ready
to go?
1. Information
In addition to the information in this brochure, detailed Trip
Notes can be obtained from your agent and contain useful
information about the itinerary, joining the group, visas and
vaccinations, accommodation, food, weather and more.
2. Check availability
Please call your agent to check space or provisionally hold
a place on your chosen trip.
3. Booking & deposit
Payment and booking details can easily be taken over the
phone or online. To confirm your booking a deposit of 10%
(20% on Polar Cruises) of the cost of your holiday (min. UK£150
or equivalent) is required. Please ensure you read the Trip Notes,
as they form an important part of the contract for your holiday.
4. Final payment
The balance of your payment is due eight weeks before
departure and you will be issued Final Joining Instructions
10-14 days before you travel.
Book Early
We strongly advise that you book your holiday as far in advance as
possible. If you leave your booking too late, your trip may be full, or
it may not be possible to obtain a seat on the group flights or at the
group fare, or secure accommodation, visas or permits.
Brochure Prices
The prices in this brochure are correct at time of going to print on
09 September 2014 but should be treated as a guide only. Prices
can fluctuate depending on flight availability, supplements and
taxes, exchange rates and fuel costs. For full details and up-to-date
prices, please call your agent. At Exodus, we remain committed to
providing the best holiday experience at a fair price.
Adventure Club
All Exodus travellers are welcome in the Adventure Club, our
pioneering loyalty club which celebrates our amazing community.
Membership means you will get access to our range of loyalty reward
discounts on future trips plus a whole host of other benefits, including
exclusive partnership deals and priority access to booking offers.
5% your second to fifth trips inclusive
OFF
10% your sixth trip and all subsequent bookings
OFF
For more information, visit our website
www.exodustravels.com/loyalty-rewards
10
Main Photograph: T he Haute Route. Page 19.
Booking Your Trip
11
TRIP NAME
TRIP CODE
ACTIVITY LEVEL PAGE
FRANCE & SWITZERLAND
Mont Blanc Highlights
Europe
TWN
3
15
Tour du Mont Blanc Camping Trek
TWB
4
16
Tour du Mont Blanc Hotel Trek
TWO
4
17
Mont Blanc Ascent
TWM
9
18
Tour du Mont Blanc Week
TWP
5
19
Mont Blanc to the Matterhorn
TWH
Summits & Ridges of the Queyras
TWF
Walking in the French Pyrenees
TEP
Highlights of Provence
TEA
2
22
Walking the French Riviera
TEK
2
23
2
24
NEW
5
19
5
20
3 (some dates 5)
NEW
21
Highlights of the Basque Country
TEQ
Corsica: The GR20
TWS
6
25
Mountains & Villages of Corsica
TEB
3
25
AUSTRIA & ITALY
Trins: the Austrian Tyrol
TET
Classic Dolomites
3 or 5
26
TWU
3
27
Highlights of the Dolomites
TEI
3 or 5
28
Introduction to Via Ferrata
TEZ
6
29
Walking Trails of Lake Garda
TDG
1
30
Chianti: Walking & Wine
TDC
2
Walking in Tuscany
TDT
3 (some dates 5)
32
Walking the Amalfi Coast
TDA
2
33
Walks of the Cinque Terre and Portofino
TEH
3
34
Walking in Puglia and Basilicata
TEV
2
35
Walking in Sardinia
TES
3
36
Sicilan Volcanoes
TEL
4
37
3
38
NEW
31
SPAIN & PORTUGAL
Camino de Santiago Trek
TSO
Secret Trails of Mediaeval Spain
TSR
Walking the Picos de Europa
TSQ
3 (some dates 5)
39
Walking in Andalucia
TDS
2 (some dates 4)
40
Sierra de Aitana Trek
TSA
4
Sierra Nevada & Granada
TSN
3
42
Walking in Mallorca
TST
3
43
TSD
3
44
TSZ
3
45
5
46
Walking In Madeira
Walking in the Azores
3
38
41
EASTERN EUROPE & THE BALKANS
Slovenia: Julian Alps Traverse
TVJ
Lakes & Mountains of Slovenia
TVL
Croatia: Islands & Mountains
TVD
3
48
Walking in Bosnia & Herzegovina
TVH
4
49
Bulgarian National Parks
3
TVB
47
5
50
Bulgaria: Rodopi Mountains
TDB
3
50
Carpathian Walking & Bears
WVR
3
Walking in Albania
TVZ
3
52
Trek the Polish High Tatras
TVT
6
53
4
54
51
TURKEY & GREECE
Walking the Lycian Way
TTL
Walking the Turquoise Coast
TTD
2
55
Taurus Mountains Trek
TTT
5
56
Walking in Cappadocia
TTG
3
57
Mountains & Villages of Evia
TVE
3
58
Walking on the Greek Islands
TEJ
1
59
REST OF EUROPE
Walking in North Cyprus
TEU
2
60
Walking the Fjords
TSH
3
61
Iceland Walking Explorer
TSF
3
61
1
63
SELF-GUIDED WALKING
Chateaux of the Loire
LTR
NEW
Austrian Lakes Walk
LTG
NEW
The Italian Dolomites
LTD
Chablis Vineyards Walk
The Amalfi Coast Self Guided Walk
12
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
LTL
2
63
2
64
3
64
LTB
2
65
The Self Guided Camino de Santiago
LTS
3
66
Walking in Oberammergau
LTO
2
67
Calypso’s Isle
LTM
1
67
Main Photograph: Tre Cime di Lavaredo, Dolomites, Italy. Page 27.
EUROPE • FRANCE, SWITZERLAND, ITALY
8 days land only
from
$1520
Mont Blanc
Reaching an impressive 4810m, Mont Blanc is the highest mountain
in Western Europe, with its famous domed summit making it a true
icon of the trekking fraternity. It is the apex of three great European
powers: France, Italy and Switzerland. Walkers can enjoy the impressive
glaciers, flower filled meadows and alpine lakes nestled in its shadows.
It is no wonder it provides some of the most popular walking trails
in Europe.
Lac Blanc
France, Switzerland, Italy
Why Exodus?
Knowledge and Experience
Mont Blanc remains a firm Exodus favourite.
Over the years more than 30 of our trekking specialists
have trekked, summited and circumnavigated this
great peak, affirming our knowledge and experience.
Our team are happy to offer tips and
advice to ensure you pick the best trip for your abilities.
The Best Leaders
All our walking trips in the Mont Blanc region are led by
qualified International Mountain Leaders (IMLs), with
a wealth of guiding experience and in-depth knowledge
of the trails, from the local flora and fauna to the best
mountain cafés for a well-deserved slice of cake!
Variety of Trips
With a comprehensive range of trips, we ensure that
this majestic mountain is accessible to all, whether you
are looking for the thrill of a summit attempt or a more
relaxed series of gentle daywalks. From a week long
holiday staying in a rustic chalet, taking away the need
to pack and unpack each day, to a two week camping
trip completing the full Mont Blanc circuit, our itineraries
ensure that you see the best of this area and this
beautiful mountain.
The Mont Blanc Trekking Guide
Need to know more? Then download our Mont Blanc
Trekking Guide, absolutely free and written by our
trekking experts.
www.exodustravels.com/walking-holidays/
walking-and-trekking-guides
Mont Blanc Highlights
Activity Level
The circuit of Mont Blanc is one of the finest walking routes in the Alps. It is in reality a series
of paths linking the seven valleys that surround the highest mountain in Western Europe.
To complete the whole circuit normally takes a fortnight, but for those with less time this
one-week trip takes in the most outstanding sections. Throughout the week we are based
in the delightful Chalet Chamonix and use private buses to travel out each day to re-join the
next stage of our walk. At the end of each day we return home for afternoon tea or for those
who wish a dip in the chalet's bubbling jacuzzi.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
Itinerary - Day by Day
START
END
START
END
08 Aug
15 Aug
22 Aug
29 Aug
05 Sep
12 Sep
19 Sep
26 Sep+
03 Oct+
10 Oct+
15 Aug
22 Aug
29 Aug
05 Sep
12 Sep
19 Sep
26 Sep
03 Oct
10 Oct
17 Oct
2015
23 May*
30 May*
06 Jun*
13 Jun*
20 Jun
27 Jun
04 Jul
11 Jul
18 Jul
25 Jul
01 Aug
30 May
06 Jun
13 Jun
20 Jun
27 Jun
04 Jul
11 Jul
18 Jul
25 Jul
01 Aug
08 Aug
Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see page 9).
• Single rooms not available
• +Best for autumnal colours
• *Best for spring flowers
SWITZERLAND
FRANCE
Col de Balme
Lac Blanc
La Flegere
Aiguille du Tour
Le Tour
Aiguillette
de Brevent
Chamonix
Les Pelerins
Grand Jorasses
Aiguille
et
du Midi
err
lF
Mont
Va
Bonatti
Blanc
Refuge
Entreves
Les
Mont de la Saxe
Contamines
ITALY Courmayeur
Col de
Voza
Mont Blanc Highlights: Walks
Road
Mont Blanc Tunnel
Main Photograph: Views of the Aiguille Rouge, France. Page 16.
14
3
The best of Mont Blanc Circuit l Comfortable chalet l Explore the exciting town of Chamonix
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
ACCOMMODATION
Chalet Chamonix
Our comfortable and modern chalet
has en suite rooms throughout and
a pleasant open-plan lounge with
south facing panoramic windows and
balcony overlooking Mont Blanc. It is
surrounded by a private garden with
jacuzzi and is just 15 minutes walk
from Chamonix.
MODERATE
TWN
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
•
5 days centre-based walking; 1 free day
Travel by minibus, local train and cable car
Altitude maximum 2352m, average 1525m
Group normally 4 to 14, plus UK leader. Min age 16 yrs
7 nights in comfortable chalet, all rooms en suite
All breakfasts, 5 picnic lunches and 6 dinners included
1
Start Chalet Chantel, Chamonix.
2
Drive to the head of the Chamonix Valley; walk to
Switzerland via Les Bonhommes and the Col de Balme;
descend back into France passing Chalets de Balme.
3
Transfer above Les Houches; ascend to the Bel Lachat
Refuge, before crossing the Carlaveyron Natural Reserve
and summiting the Aiguillette des Houches and the
Aiguillette du Brevent.
4
A short transfer to Les Houches to cross the Col de Voza
and continue towards Les Contamines.
5
Free day for optional walks, activities or sightseeing.
6
Drive through the Mont Blanc tunnel to Italy; climb to Bonatti
refuge and traverse high above the spectacular Ferret Valley
to Courmayeur.
7
Drive to Col de Montets; walk via Lac Blanc to La Flegere
then descend by cable car.
8
End Chalet Chantel, Chamonix.
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
15
11
6
7
13
9
16
15
from
Activity Level
Experience has taught us that 15 days is the perfect duration to fully appreciate this iconic
trek - 10 days of trekking complemented by three days of relaxation. Led by an experienced
International Mountain Leader (IML) the route crosses three borders, climbs over six passes,
traverses beneath huge glaciers, and meanders through beautiful alpine meadows and
quaint villages. To lighten our load our baggage is transported between each campsite by
support vehicle, leaving us free to enjoy the inspiring scenery found only on this classic trek.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
04 Jul
05 Jul
11 Jul
18 Jul
25 Jul
01 Aug
02 Aug
25 Jul
01 Aug
08 Aug
15 Aug
16 Aug
22 Aug
29 Aug
P F
08 Aug
15 Aug
22 Aug
29 Aug
30 Aug
05 Sep
12 Sep
Camping in the Alps
Throughout the trip we use roomy, two
person tents, staying at comfortable
campsites with modern facilities, hot
showers and electricity. Two campsites
are basic (wild) with no showers or
hot water (but do have toilets!) but are
compensated by their stunning settings.
Tents are put up for you each day and
we have a large mess tent or communal
area with tea, coffee and biscuits.
P F
P F
• Optional single supplement $210 (single tent)
Trient
Daily Distance (km)
Col de Balme
Lac Blanc
Les Pelerins
Col de
Voza
Aiguille
du Midi
Grand
Jorasses
Col Ferret
Mont Blanc
Mont de la Saxe
Col
du
Bonhomme
Col de la Seigne
2
3
4
5
6
10
15
16
15
14
TWB
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
10 days point-to-point walking; 3 rest days
Luggage transfer included
8 days challenging and 2 days moderate walking
14 nights camping
1
Start at Les Bossons, near Chamonix .
2
From Chamonix the route heads past Lac Blanc to Les
Frasserands.
3
Cross over Col de Balme to Switzerland and camp at Trient.
4
Cross Col de la Forclaz to Champex.
5
Head up Val Ferret to La Fouly.
6
Climb to Grand Col Ferret, the highest pass of the trek.
7
Rest day.
8
Climb to Bonatti refuge and traverse high above the
spectacular Ferret Valley around Mont de la Saxe to
Courmayeur and on to Val Veny.
Col
Forclaz
Brevent
MODERATE/CHALLENGING
ACCOMMODATION
END
2015
20 Jun
21 Jun
27 Jun
04 Jul
11 Jul
18 Jul
19 Jul
$3610
Ascending the Brevent
Tour du Mont Blanc Hotel Trek
4
Trek the classic Tour du Mont Blanc l Traverse beneath huge glaciers l Enjoy fully supported camping
END
from
Tour du Mont Blanc Camping Trek
START
15 days land only
$2190
Campsite at Les Frasserands
15 days land only
8
9
10
12
13
9
16
17
18
10
Activity Level
For those who enjoy the comfort of a bed every night we offer the Mont Blanc circuit as a
fully accommodated trek, with all nights spent in a variety of lodgings from family-run 2
and 3-star hotels to auberges. Essentially the same itinerary as the camping version, we
include 10 walking days and 3 rest days, in which time we cross three borders and enjoy
unrivalled views of the Alps. Your baggage is transported by our support vehicle to your next
accommodation, leaving you time to concentrate on the jagged glaciers and picture-book
villages on this classic route.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
20 Jun
27 Jun
04 Jul
11 Jul
18 Jul
25 Jul
01 Aug
08 Aug
15 Aug
22 Aug
29 Aug
04 Jul
11 Jul
18 Jul
25 Jul
01 Aug
08 Aug
15 Aug
22 Aug
29 Aug
05 Sep
12 Sep
Hotels and Auberges
Re-enter France across Col de la Seigne and through La
Ville des Glaciers to Les Chapieux.
Col de la
Forclaz
Daily Distance (km)
Grand
Balcon
10 Climb to Col de la Croix du Bonhomme and contour around
to Col du Bonhomme.
Brevent
11 Rest day.
St Gervais
12 Cross Col de Tricot and Col de Voza to re-enter Chamonix
Valley and descend to village of Les Houches.
Grand
Jorasses
Aiguille
du Midi
Col Ferret
Mont Blanc
La Palud
Les Contamines
13 Probably best views of Mont Blanc today on the long ascent
to Brevent; descend to Plan Praz.
14 Free day at Les Bossons.
Throughout the trek we use longestablished family-run 2 or 3-star
hotels, except for 3 nights where we
use local auberges. One of the hotels
has a jacuzzi and sauna for guests,
whilst another has a spa which is
available for a discounted rate. Most
of the hotels have stunning locations
often with panoramic vistas over the
mountains and reflect the culture of
the countries they are in.
Col
du
Bonhomme
Mont de la Saxe
2
3
4
5
6
9
17
13
15
14
TWO
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
10 days point-to-point walking; 3 rest days
Luggage transfer included
8 days challenging and 2 days moderate walking
11 nights 2 and 3-star hotels, 3 nights auberges
ACCOMMODATION
2015
Col de Balme
22
4
Family-run hotels and auberges l Spectacular views of Mont Blanc l Three rest days to relax or sightsee
8
9
10
12
13
16
20
17
16
12
1
Start Chamonix.
2
Follow Grand Balcon Sud, excellent views of Mont Blanc;
return to Chamonix.
3
Over Col de Balme into Switzerland; night at Col de la Forclaz.
4
Follow Bovine Route to Champex.
5
Along Val Ferret to La Fouly.
6
Follow river La Drance; climb to the highest point of the tour
at Grand Col Ferret and into Italy. Overnight at La Palud.
7
Rest day.
8
Climb to Bonatti refuge and traverse high above the
spectacular Ferret Valley around Mont de la Saxe to
Courmayeur.
9
Cross the Col de la Seigne back to France, descend through
la Ville des Glaciers to Les Chapieux.
10 Ascend to Col de la Croix du Bonhomme, then contour
across to the Col du Bonhomme.
11 Rest day.
12 Over Col de Tricot to the Chamonix Valley; overnight at Les
Houches.
13 Best views of Mont Blanc today; long ascent to the Brevent,
descend to Chamonix.
Col de la Seigne
14 Free day in Chamonix.
15 End Les Bossons.
15 End Chamonix.
16
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
17
from
8 days land only
$3800
from
15 days land only
$1900
from
Sunrise on the summit
$3040
Walking with views of Mont Blanc
The Matterhorn
France
Switzerland, Italy, France
Switzerland, France
Mont Blanc Ascent
Tour du Mont Blanc Week
Mont Blanc to the Matterhorn
Trek the famous circuit in one week l See the turquoise waters of Lac Blanc
Trek the classic 'Haute Route' l Walk among 4000m peaks
The Mont Blanc Circuit is deservedly one of Europe's classic walks,
circumnavigating Western Europe's highest mountain. This exciting
itinerary concentrates on some of the most spectacular sections of the
circuit, thus enabling us to produce a hard and exhilarating one-week
trip for the trekking enthusiast. Overnighting in 2 and 3-star hotels and
auberges, we trek clockwise around the Mont Blanc Massif, enjoying
phenomenal views.
The Haute Route is one of Europe's best known long distance ski-touring
routes; running roughly parallel is a spectacular summer trek from Mont
Blanc to the Matterhorn. Covering approximately 100km, it links the valleys
of the Haute Savoie in France to the Swiss Valais. Following our guide (IML),
we pass beneath ten of the twelve highest mountains in the Alps with
stunning views every step of the way.
9
Climb Western Europe's highest peak l Three possible summit days l Crampon and ice axe tuition
Activity Level
TOUGH+
In the Mont Blanc massif there is one giant which stands alone amongst a myriad of
snow-capped peaks. Looming over the climbing mecca of Chamonix, the majesty of Mont
Blanc has captivated climbers for centuries and calls all would-be explorers to join them
atop Western Europe's highest peak. Attempted over three days, our itinerary is designed
to give you the very best chance of reaching the summit, following either the Goûter or
Cosmiques route, depending on departure date. During the expedition the rewarding peak
of Tete Blanche will also usually be climbed, teaching snow and ice techniques, building
your confidence and helping with acclimatisation.
Trip Code
TWM
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
START
END
2015
18 Jun
25 Jun
02 Jul
09 Jul
16 Jul
23 Jul
30 Jul
25 Jun
02 Jul
09 Jul
16 Jul
23 Jul
30 Jul
06 Aug
06 Aug
13 Aug
20 Aug
27 Aug
03 Sep
10 Sep
13 Aug
20 Aug
27 Aug
03 Sep
10 Sep
17 Sep
At a Glance
• 3 days training/high-level trekking,
3 days summit attempt
• Altitude maximum 4810m, average 2900m
• Group normally 2 to 6, plus UIAGM mountain
guide/s as appropriate. Min age 18 yrs
• 3 nights hotel, 4 nights mountain huts
• All breakfasts, 6 lunches and 7 dinners included
1
Start Chamonix; equipment hire and briefing.
2
Walk to Albert Premier refuge (2702m); afternoon snow
and ice skills training on Glacier du Tour.
3
Possible ascent of Tête Blanche (3422m) and across the
Col Supérieur du Tour to Trient refuge.
5
• Optional single supplement $210
(for 3 hotel nights in Chamonix only)
• Please see Trip Notes for details of
Cosmiques route itinerary.
Start Col de la Forclaz.
Trip Code
2
Follow Bovine Route to the pretty village
of Champex Lac and on to Orsières.
At a Glance
3
Short bus transfer to La Fouly and climb
to the highest point (2536m), Grand Col
Ferret, and descend into Italy.
4
Trek from Val Veny over Col de la Seigne
to Les Chapieux (1549m).
5
A tougher day over two cols; Croix
du Bonhomme (2443m) and Col du
Bonhomme (2329m); descend to Les
Contamines.
4
Climb the Col du Midi des Grands (3523m), descend to
village of Le Tour then back to Chamonix.
5
Ascend by cable-car and train to Nid d'Aigle (2372m);
steady walk to Tête Rousse refuge (3167m).
6
Over the Col du Tricot to the Chamonix
Valley.
6
Cross the 'Grand Couloir' then scramble on a steep arête
to arrive at Goûter refuge (3817m). An afternoon summit
attempt may be possible if the weather forecast is poor for
the following day.
7
Our final day trekking takes us past
Lac Blanc (2352m) before descending
to Chamonix.
ACCOMMODATION
SWITZERLAND
La Tour
FRANCE
Chamonix
Trient Glacier
Aiguille du Tour
Mer de Glace
Grand
Jorasses
Glacier de
Bionassay
Aiguille
du Midi
telepherique
Mont Blanc
trekking
ITALY
Courmayeur
Les Campanules ***
At the beginning and end of the trip we
offer a little more comfort staying at
the 3-star Les Campanules. Modern
furnishings perfectly complement the
traditional chalet build, with games
room and quiet lounge to celebrate
and reflect on your return from the
mountains. A real highlight is the
excellent cuisine and the hearty
breakfasts provided. All bedrooms
are light and spacious, with en suite
facilities, TV and private balcony.
7
8
Activity Level
1
18
EUROPE • FRANCE
8 days land only
8
Climb via Dôme du Goûter (4304m) and Les Bosses ridge
to the summit (4810m); long descent to Chamonix.
Col de la
Forclaz
End Chamonix.
TWP
Free day in the Chamonix Valley.
3
The trail contours high in the valley
before descending to Les Frasserands.
4
Cross Col de Balme to Switzerland.
5
Over Fenetre d'Arpette to Champex.
6
From Champex the trail leads to Verbier
and on to Cabane Mont Fort.
7
Cross the highest pass of the route,
Col Prafleuri (2965m). Views of Rhone
Valley, Mont Blanc, the Grand Combin
and the Matterhorn.
• 10 days point-to-point walking;
3 days light backpacking
• Vehicle support on all camping days
• Altitude max 2965m, average 1525m
• Group normally 6 to 14, plus UK leader.
Min age 18 yrs
• 11 nights camping, 2 mountain huts,
1 village inn (dormitory style)
• All breakfasts, 10 picnic lunches and
12 dinners included
8
Long walking day with two passes to
cross; overnight at Les Hauderes.
Dates & Price Guide
9
Rest day.
10 Past Lac Moiry to the picture-postcard
village of Grimentz.
END
2015
04 Jul
18 Jul
15 Aug
05 Sep
11 Longest walking day with excellent views
of the Weisshorn.
11 Jul
25 Jul
22 Aug
12 Sep
Dates and prices correct at time of publication
(see page 9).
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
4
3
8
Daily Distance (km)
5
6
7
1
4
2
3
4
Col du
Tricot
12
15
29
15
Val Veny
5
6
7
CHALLENGING
Start at Les Bossons, near Chamonix.
2
Dates & Price Guide
End Chamonix.
Activity Level
1
• 6 days point-to-point walking
• Light backpacking; some steep
ascent/descents
• Altitude maximum 2537m,
average 1400m
• Group normally 4 to 14, plus UK
leader. Min age 18 yrs
• 5 nights 2 and 3-star hotels,
2 nights auberges
• All breakfasts and 6 dinners included
START
5
CHALLENGING
12 Join Zermatt Valley; descend to Jungu
and St Niklaus, short transfer to Randa.
13 Join the Europaweg, a high-level balcony
path that contours along the valley
towards Zermatt.
At a Glance
START
END
2015
05 Jul
02 Aug
30 Aug
19 Jul
16 Aug
13 Sep
(see page 9).
• Optional single supplement $170 (single tent only)
SWITZERLAND
Grimentz
14 Optional trip to Zermatt.
21
18
14
15 End Randa.
TWH
Trip Code
Verbier
FRANCE
Champex
Chamonix
St
Niklaus
Arolla
Zermatt
Matterhorn
ITALY
Mont Blanc
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
trekking
19
from
EUROPE • FRANCE
EUROPE • ITALY, FRANCE
8 days land only
8 days land only
$1680
from
$1710
Mountain views in the Queyras Regional Park
Italy, France
France
NEW
5
Trek to 3000m summits l Spectacular views of alpine ranges l Fully supported with luggage transfer
Activity Level
Nestled deep in the heart of the Southern Alps are the jagged peaks and rolling hills of the
Queyras, one of the oldest mountain ranges of the Alps. One of the last to be opened
to the public, it offers both an undisturbed natural beauty and off the beaten track feel. This
trek is not for beginners as it offers a challenging week of walking through wild, craggy
terrain summiting numerous peaks, many of them over 3000m. We spend time on the
famous GR5 and GR58 routes, and on certain days cover more than 1000 metres of ascent
and descent, scrambling when necessary. With this exciting trek spectacular ridge walks,
rewarding climbs and unforgettable summit vistas await!
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
12 Jul
16 Aug
30 Aug
19 Jul
23 Aug
06 Sep
2015
CHALLENGING
TWF
At a Glance
• 6 days point-to-point walking including steep
ascent/descents
• Luggage transfer included
• Group normally 2 to 15, plus local leader. Min age 18 yrs
• 6 nights in gites, 1 night 2-star hotel
Walking in the French Pyrenees
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
Start Guillestre.
2
From Val d'Escreins head to the alpine fields of Ceillac. Trek
up to the Colette Verte and on to the Pas du Curé (2783m).
Descend to Melezet valley.
3
Ascend the Estronques pass (2651m). From here follow
spectacular 6km ridge walk before descending to St Véran.
4
After a short bus transfer to the Clausis chapel, begin walk
to the Blanchet pass (2897m). Follow ridge walk to Rocca
Bianca and on to the Carantran summit (3025m). Descend
to Agnel hut.
from/to
Turin
ITALY
Briançon
Cervières
walking
transfer
START
END
16 May
14 Jun
04 Jul
22 Aug
05 Sep
19 Sep
23 May
21 Jun
11 Jul
29 Aug
12 Sep
26 Sep
2015
1
5
Walk to Col Vieux (2806m). Ascend steeply to the summit
of Pain de Sucre. Descend to L'Echalp.
6
Follow long trail to the Grand Laus lake. Join ridge
overlooking the lake to the Malrif summit (2954m). Descend
to reach Fonts de Cervieres hamlet.
7
Head to Cordes lake and on to the Chaude Maison pass.
Follow ridge to the 'Turge de la Suffie' summit (3024m).
Descend to Cervieres. Transfer to Briançon.
• Optional single supplement from $350
• *Challenging level walking: see Trip Notes
• ‡Best for spring flowers
ACCOMMODATION
Turge de la Suffie
from/to
Toulouse
Queyras
L‘Echalp
St Veran
Ceillac
Guillestre
20
Le Pain de Sucre
Col des
Estronques
Mountain Gites
Throughout the week we use several
different mountain gites, each
offering something special, whether
it is their charming location, freshly
baked bread or the local beer on tap!
Rooms will be dormitory in style with
shared facilities and all will offer
hearty food and a warm welcome.
They are all certified 'Gites de France',
with solid reputation for cleanliness
and fantastic food.
8
FRANCE
Hotel Les Arches ***
Neouvielle Nature Reserve
St-LarySoulan
Pic de
Neouvielle
Lac d'
Oredon
Col d'Azet
Pla d'Adet
Pic de la Munia
End Briancon.
Pic de Bataillence
SPAIN
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
12
16
9
5
6
7
19
14
15
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
8
14
12
P Premium departure
ACCOMMODATION
6
7
Solo departure
8
12
F Family departure
Our days start and end at the welllocated Hotel Les Arches in the village
of St Lary, in the heart of the Aure
Valley. Built to match the traditional
architecture of the area, the hotel
combines a traditional Pyrenean interior
with modern comforts including a
swimming pool and sun terrace with
great views of the surrounding peaks.
Free Wi-Fi and comfortable rooms
complete the offering at this familyrun hotel which has been welcoming
guests since the year 2000.
MODERATE
TEP
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
•
5 days centre-based walking
More challenging walks on certain dates
Group normally 6 to 15, plus leader. Min age 16 yrs
7 nights hotel, all rooms en suite
All breakfasts and 2 evening meals included
1
Start St Lary.
2
Cable car or transfer to the Pla d'Adet, walk the La Matte
ridge all the way to the Soum de Matte (2371m) for superb
views of the surrounding valleys.
3
Short transfer to the start of the Artigusse track which leads
us to the Oule Lake Dam; continue on into Neouvielle Natural
Reserve to finish with return transfer to St Lary.
Les Fonts
FRANCE
3
Activity Level
No two mountain ranges are the same. Each offers its own environment, culture and
and atmosphere. The Pyrenees are no different, and have been enthralling walkers with
sky-scraping peaks, glistening lakes and a multitude of trails for many years. This new trip
is based in the village of St Lary in the Aure Valley and explores the rugged ridges, peaks
and passes of the region, including some sections of the famous GR10. The five daywalks
are designed to show the best of the region while the evenings offer the chance to enjoy
high mountain cuisine and of course a range of local wines.
NEW
Beautiful high-mountain scenery l Authentic Pyrenean village l Challenging departures offered
Aure
Summits & Ridges of the Queyras
4
We transfer to the Portet Pass for a ridge walk on the GR10 with
great views of the Pla d'Adet and back down to St Lary itself.
5
Today is free to explore at your leisure; activities available
locally include cycling, the thermal baths or even rafting.
6
After a short transfer we follow the French/Spanish border to the
Pic de Bataillance (2604m); immense peaks such as Troumouse
(3085m) and Munia (3133m) provide the dramatic backdrop.
7
Starting at the Col d’Azet (1580m) we follow a forest track
and trek along the Tragnes ridge.
8
End St Lary.
CHALLENGING DEPARTURES
Owing to the variety of terrain in the Pyrenees we
are able to offer this trip at with more challenging
walks. Our level 5 weeks feature longer walks with
more ascents and descents each day. See Date &
Price Guide for selected departures.
21
from
8 days land only
$1900
from
$1520
Lavender fields of Valensole
France
Menton Harbour
France
Highlights of Provence
Walking the French Riviera
2
See the beautiful Verdon Gorge l Explore local markets and villages l Enjoy relaxed daywalks
Activity Level
A stunning part of Provence and relatively untouched by tourism, Greoux-les-Bains is
the perfect base for a week of gentle daywalks. From our comfortable 3-star hotel, we
explore the region with a mixture of walks from the door or following a short private bus
transfer. With the bustling market town of Forcalquier, the dramatic Verdon Gorge and
depending on the season, fields of lavender or poppies just a short drive away, there is
much to be discovered.
Trip Code
LEISURELY/MODERATE
TEA
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
•
Well marked trails and paths, occasionally rocky
Group normally 4 to 15, plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs
7 nights in 3-star hotel, all rooms en suite
All breakfasts and 2 dinners included
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
23 May*
13 Jun‡
27 Jun‡
05 Sep
12 Sep
03 Oct
30 May
20 Jun
04 Jul
12 Sep
19 Sep
10 Oct
Activity Level
Located on the Franco-Italian border, on the edge of the warm Mediterranean sea, Menton
is a delight for any visitor. It is easy to see how it earned its nickname 'The Pearl of France,'
combining a city of gardens, seaport, beach resort and a paradise for hikers all rolled into
one. With the Alpine chain dropping into the sea at the French/Italian border, it is also an
ideal location for walking. Many of the trails start directly from the town and quickly gain
altitude, offering some of the finest views of the Riviera.
Trip Code
• *Best for poppies
• ‡Best for lavender
Start Greoux-les-Bains.
2
Follow the Verdon river and ascend hill for views over Lake
Esparron. Arrive for lunch in village of St Martin before
walking to the plateau of Pauron.
3
Bus transfer to Forcalquier, known for having the best
outdoor market in Provence. Ascend from town with views
across the Mourres plateau, a site of geological interest
with its mushroom shaped limestone.
4
END
11 Apr
25 Apr
09 May
06 Jun
27 Jun
05 Sep
19 Sep
26 Sep
03 Oct
17 Oct
24 Oct
Travel by bus to the village of Aiguines. From here walk to
Verdon Gorge with its stunning turquoise waters.
ran
Du
Moustier-Ste-Marie
5
Free day in Greoux-les-Bains; optional visit to Aix-en-Provence.
6
Take the bus to Moustier-Ste-Marie. Climb the ridge of
L'Ourbes with views over the lake of St Crois. After reaching
the top descend via old Roman road.
7
Walk direct from the hotel to the Valensole plateau before
reaching the village of Valensole itelf. A spectacular area in
summer for seeing fields of lavender.
Valensole
Greoux-les-Bains
Lac d’Esparron
Aiguines
Gorges de
Lac de
Ste Croix Verdon
FRANCE
PROVENCE
Aix-en-Provence
ACCOMMODATION
8
• Optional single supplement from $300
• Superior room upgrade $270 - Valid only when booking twin/double room
•
•
•
•
•
•
7 nights 3-star hotel, all rooms en suite
All breakfasts included
1
Start Menton.
2
Walk to the Cap Martin Peninsula, passing through the
pretty cliff-side village of Roquebrune Cap Martin.
3
Head by bus inland to Sospel; walk to the border of the
Mercantour N.P; return to Menton by bus.
4
Train or bus to the mountains above Monaco; follow coastal
walk to the 14th century village of Eze.
5
Free day to relax on the beach or take a trip to the chic
Principality of Monaco.
6
Bus to Castellar to explore; walk to the French-Italian border
before decending to Menton.
7
A short train ride to St Jean Cap Ferrat; follow coastal trails
along limestone cliffs.
8
End Menton.
This family-run hotel is ideally located
in the pretty Provencal village of
Greoux-les-Bains. All rooms have en
suite facilities, air conditioning, Wi-Fi
connectivity and hairdryer. The hotel
has an outdoor heated swimming
pool with an adjacent restaurant
serving delicious local specialties.
Mercantour N.P.
ITALY
Eze
6
7
St Jean-Cap-Ferrat
11
15
8
P Premium departure
ACCOMMODATION
Hotel des Londres ***
Menton
Roquebrune
MONACO
Daily Distance (km)
13
11
Cime de
Restaud
Gorbio
Nice
2
3
4
Sospel
Cime de Baudon
End Greoux-les-Bains.
Hotel des Alpes ***
TEK
FRANCE
LEISURELY/MODERATE
At a Glance
ce
Forcalquier
START
04 Apr
18 Apr
02 May
30 May
20 Jun
29 Aug
12 Sep
19 Sep
26 Sep
10 Oct
17 Oct
2015
1
2
Stay in heart of the Cote d'Azur l Enjoy coastal walks l Visit the principality of Monaco
Dates & Price Guide
2015
22
EUROPE • FRANCE
EUROPE • FRANCE
8 days land only
Solo departure
F Family departure
This charming hotel enjoys a great
location 25 metres from the sea
front. Each of the 27 rooms has a
safety deposit box, flat screen TV
with multilingual satellite channels,
telephone and hairdryer. There is
Wi-Fi available in the bedrooms
as well as some of the communal
areas and the terrace and lounge bar
provide the perfect spots to relax.
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
12
9
8
5
7
12
11
23
from
15 days land only
$1710
from
8 days land only
$3710
from
San Sebastian
France, Spain
Highlights of the Basque Country
NEW
2
Enjoy coastal walks l Explore Biarritz and San Sebastian l Walk in the Pyrenees
Activity Level
Straddling the Franco-Spanish border but boasting a unique culture that pre-dates both its
neighbours, the Basque Country has much to offer. The sparkling coastline with sweeping
golden beaches, colourful fishing ports and dramatic Atlantic surf forms a perfect backdrop
for our week of relaxed walking. Exploring both the Spanish and French highlights of the
region, our walks vary from the cosmopolitan coastal resorts of San Sebastian and Biarritz
to the lush mountain pathways of the Pyrenees, whilst each evening returning to our
comfortable hotel to relax on the sun terrace or enjoy a refreshing dip in the pool.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
2015
02 May
30 May
27 Jun
19 Sep
10 Oct
09 May
06 Jun
04 Jul
26 Sep
17 Oct
•
•
•
•
•
•
7 nights in 3-star hotel, all rooms en suite
Saint-Jean-de-Luz
Hondarribia
Hendaye
Pasaia
San Sebastien
Xoldokogagna
SPAIN
The Orhoitza is a charming hotel
located 100 metres from a large
sandy beach and next to the
marina in Hendaye. Built in a typical
Basque style, the 42 rooms each
have a television, telephone and
hairdryer. Free Wi-Fi is available in
the communal areas and there is
a bar, terrace and outdoor pool for
relaxation.
France
Corsica: The GR20
Mountains & Villages of Corsica
Europe’s toughest trek l Private gites and luggage transfers
Swim in thermal rockpools l Walk diverse landscapes
A notoriously a difficult route, the GR20 is arguably Europe’s finest
and toughest trek. This itinerary takes away some of the route’s usual
hardships as we stay in private refuges, only carry daypacks and take
a rest day in the beautiful citadel of Corte. However, the landscape
and terrain of this incredible, legendary hike are still a challenge and
vary enormously.
Caught between France and Italy, yet with its own cuisine, culture and
language, Corsica is a land of dramatic beauty. With the sandy beaches
of the Mediterranean just 40km from the island’s pink granite peaks,
this small area offers a surprising range of diverse terrain. Based in the
village of Bocognano, the mountain railway gives easy access to some
of the island’s best walking routes, covering mountain passes, thermal
rock pools and green pastures.
6
Activity Level
1
Start Calvi.
2
Transfer to Calenzana and walk to Bonifatu.
From Bonifatu to Haut Asco.
4
2
Take local bus to the charming town of Saint-Jean-de-Luz.
Follow picturesque coastal track back to Hendaye.
Walk to Lac d'Argentu. Optional ascent
of Monte Cinto. Spend the night in Asco.
5
3
Short transfer by private bus to towards the Pyrenees to
climb Xoldokogagna (550m), with spectacular views of the
bay of Hendaye.
Use ladders and chain to traverse the
Cirque de Solitude; descend towards the
sheep pastures of Vallone.
6
Climb to the Refuge Ciotulu I Mori.
7
Continue through the woods to Lac Nino.
4
Short boat ride to Hondarribia, Spain. Enjoy coastal walk with
swimming opportunities.
8
Swim in natural pool; follow Tavignano
River to Corte.
5
Free day; relax on the large sandy beach of Hendaye or
travel further afield to spend the day in Bilbao and visit the
world-renowned Guggenheim museum.
9
Free day in Corte.
START
Morning coastal walk to Biarritz; free afternoon to enjoy this
world famous surfing resort.
11 Walk to the Plateau of Gialgone; optional
ascent of Mt Renoso and to Col de Verde.
7
Train ride to the harbour town of Pasaia, Spain. Walk to San
Sebastien for magnificent views of the Atlantic Ocean and
a short visit to the town.
13 Long climb to Bocca di L'Usciolu; to Basseta.
15 Transfer to Bastia airport; end.
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
12
8
10
END
2015
12 Morning ridge walk, followed by a
descent to the town of Cozzano.
14 Over the Plateau Coscione to the Asinau
Valley and on to Bavella.
End Hendaye.
11 days point-to-point walking
1 rest day in Corte, 1 optional walk day
High level of fitness required
Altitude maximum 2400m (optional
ascent of 2706m), average 2000m
• Group normally 5 to 16 plus 2 leaders.
Min age 18 yrs
• 10 nights in dormitories, 1 night in tent,
3 nights hotels
• All breakfasts, 11 lunches and 12
dinners included
Dates & Price Guide
6
8
TWS
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
10 Transfer to Vizzavona. Walk on to Bocca
Palmente; continue to Capanelle.
14 Jun
21 Ju n
12 Jul
19 Jul
09 Aug
16 Aug
23 Aug
06 Sep
13 Sep
3
CHALLENGING/TOUGH
Trip Code
3
ACCOMMODATION
Hotel Orhoitza ***
Corte citadel, Corsica
France
Start Hendaye.
Biarritz
28 Jun
05 Jul
26 Jul
02 Aug
23 Aug
30 Aug
06 Sep
20 Sep
27 Sep
(see page 9).
8
11
Activity Level
1
Start Bocognano.
2
Train to Tavera village; woodland walk to
ancient menhir (standing stone) and walk
back to Bocognano.
3
Short train ride to Poggio; walk through
woodland to the historic city of Corte;
free afternoon in Corte.
4
Train journey to Tattone; follow a
riverside trail to the village of Canaglia.
Optional walking extensions available.
5
Free day for an optional trip by train to
Ajaccio and its beaches, or to relax in
Bocognano.
6
Start in Vizzavona where we walk along
the famous GR20 tracks to Bocca Palmente.
7
Walk directly from the hotel to Ruisseau
de Cardiccia before contouring along the
canyon towards the Bergerie de Mattonu.
8
End Bocognano.
Bastia
Calvi
Bastia
Airport
Bonifatu Haut Asco
Monte Cinto
Corte
CORSICA
Bocognano
Vizzavona
Monte
Renoso
Ajaccio
TEB
At a Glance
• 5 days centre-based walking; 1 free day
• Group normally 4 to 16, plus leader.
Min age 16 yrs
• 7 nights 2-star hotel, all rooms en suite
• All breakfasts, 5 lunches and
6 dinners included
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
2015
07 Jun
14 Jun
21 Jun
05 Jul
26 Jul
30 Aug
06 Sep
13 Sep
14 Jun
21 Jun
28 Jun
12 Jul
02 Aug
06 Sep
13 Sep
20 Sep
(see page 9).
Corsica: the GR20
trekking
transfer
Paglia Orba
MODERATE
Trip Code
Calenzana
6
7
$1300
Col de Bavella
1
FRANCE
Bay of Biscay
TEQ
At a Glance
LEISURELY/MODERATE
EUROPE • FRANCE
EUROPE • FRANCE, SPAIN
8 days land only
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
11
12
10
6
7
8
10
Monte
Incudine
Mountains & Villages
of Corsica
Bavella
walking areas
railway
24
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
25
from
EUROPE • ITALY
EUROPE • GERMANY, AUSTRIA
8 days land only
8 days land only
$1430
from
$1810
Views of Paternkofel
Germany, Austria
Italy
Trins: the Austrian Tyrol
Classic Dolomites
Activity Level
South of Innsbruck among the green meadows of the Gschnitzal Valley lies Trins, a charming
village with authentic Tyrolean buildings and easy access to some wonderful walking.
On our journey through ancient villages filled with onion-domed churches, we learn why
Tyroleans are so justifiably proud of their homeland and enjoy wonderful views across this
mountainous paradise. Thanks to such a large of variety of walks, two grades are offered
each day, with a different leader escorting each grade.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
27 Jun*
11 Jul*
18 Jul
01 Aug#
08 Aug
15 Aug#
22 Aug
29 Aug
04 Jul
18 Jul
25 Jul
08 Aug
15 Aug
22 Aug
29 Aug
05 Sep
TET
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
Level 3 and 5 walks offered each day
Group normally 5 to 18, plus 1 UK leader per grade.
Min age 16 yrs
• 7 nights 3-star Hotel Wienerhof, all rooms en suite
1
5
• *Best for flowers
• #Special gourmet meal weeks,
see Trip Notes for details
To allow greater flexibility, we offer both Moderate
and Challenging level walks every day on each
departure. This is ideal if you are unsure of your
fitness or want to travel with friends who are at
different walking abilities. Our itinerary and daily
distance chart on this page reflect level 3 walking.
Please refer to the Trip Notes for more details on
our level 5 walks.
Free day to relax in Trins or enjoy optional activities.
8
ACCOMMODATION
Hotel Wiernerhof ***
Our comfortable base is situated
in the heart of the village of Trins.
This family-run hotel has rooms in
2 separate buildings: the traditional
main building has a cosy dining room
and separate bar, while just across the
narrow village street the second, more
modern, building houses a sauna and
enhanced relaxation area. Austriantwin and single rooms have shower
and WC and may be in either building.
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
06 Jun
13 Jun
20 Jun
27 Jun
04 Jul*
11 Jul
18 Jul
25 Jul
22 Aug*
29 Aug
05 Sep
12 Sep
19 Sep*
26 Sep
13 Jun
20 Jun
27 Jun
04 Jul
11 Jul
18 Jul
25 Jul
01 Aug
29 Aug
05 Sep
12 Sep
19 Sep
26 Sep
03 Oct
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
• *Challenging grade week
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
Trip Code
End Trins.
12
10
9
6
7
11
11
AUSTRIA
Val
P
uste
ria
Villabassa
Dobbiaco
Lago di Braies
Fanes - Sennes
Park
Serles
Stubai Alps
Trins
l
Nosslachjoch
ern l
Ob rgta
be
Portjoch
ta
itz
hn
sc
G
Tribulanhutte
3
Activity Level
The small village of Villabassa, just north of Cortina d'Ampezzo, is nestled close to the
Austrian border and sandwiched between the spectacular, jagged limestone peaks of the
Dolomites. From here we enjoy an excellent choice of routes with the opportunity to relax
in comfort at the end of a day walking. During the week, we venture into the Fanes-Sennes
and Dolomiti di Sesto National Parks for great views of the Tre Cime di Lavaredo. Historically
the front line between Italy and Austria-Hungary during the First World War, the trails take
us each day through incredible open-air museums.
2015
6/7 Level 5 walks include ridge walking to reach Portjoch
(2110m) along Italian border, a summit offering views of more
flowers than anywhere else in Tyrol, Blaser (2241m) and the
Padasterkogel (2301m).
MULTIPLE GRADES
PREMIUM
Tre Cime di Lavaredo trek l 4-star hotel with wellness centre l Moderate and Challenging weeks
Start Trins.
2/4 Guided daywalks through Gschnitztal and Obernberg valleys
with ascents to St Magdalena Chapel (1661m), the Tribulaun
Hut (2064m) and Nosslachjoch (2231m). All walking is
optional and you can choose simply to relax in the hotel or
visit Innsbruck for the day.
• No charge for single rooms subject to availability
• Allow approx. €60 for local
transport costs
MULTIPLE GRADES
2015
26
3,5
Walk on quiet trails l Choose your walking level each day l Savour traditional Tyrolean cuisine
Cortina
ITALY
P Premium departure
Tre Cime
di Lavaredo
Monte Piano
Dolomiti di Sesto
Park
Solo departure
F Family departure
ACCOMMODATION
Hotel Adler ****
Located on the village square, Hotel
Adler is one of the most comfortable
hotels we offer. The cosy bar is often
busy with locals, while the quiet
lounge is warmed by a log fire. Other
facilities include an indoor pool,
sauna, solarium and small fitness
centre. The well-known restaurant,
run by head chef Helene Markart,
appears in the Michelin Guide among
others; the menu features a mixture
of local and international cuisine.
All bedrooms are spacious and have
en suite facilities, minibar and TV.
Various suite upgrades are available
on request.
MODERATE
TWU
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Not recommended for vertigo sufferers
7 nights 4-star Hotel Adler, all rooms en suite
All breakfasts, 5 lunches and 5 dinners included
1
Start Villabassa.
2
Walk to the beautiful Lago di Braies.
3
Walk amongst beautiful wild flowers during the climb up
towards Strudelkopf.
4
Walk from the Kreutzberg Pass to the Nemes Alm.
5
A free day to relax or enjoy optional activities.
6
A memorable circuit around the famous 'three chimneys',
Tre Cime di Lavaredo.
7
To complete the week, we take an amazing tour around
the summits of Monte Piano.
8
End Villabassa.
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
10
14
14
6
7
12
10
With an excellent variety of walking in an area, it is
sometimes limiting when there is only one level
of walking. Therefore we have chosen to offer some
weeks at level 5, featuring longer walks on steeper
terrain, perfect for walkers who are looking for
a more of a challenge. See Date and Price Guide for
selected departures.
27
from
8 days land only
$1520
from
View of Soraga, Western Dolomites
Italy
$2090
Via Ferrata route on Monte Cristallo
Italy
Highlights of the Dolomites
Activity Level
Val di Fassa lies between Marmolada (3,343m), the Dolomites' highest peak, and Catinaccio
(2,981m), the famous long ridge that glows red in the setting sun. Based in the lively town
of Moena, locally known as the gateway to the Dolomites, we are ideally situated to
access neighbouring valleys and discover their attractive villages. We walk through lush
green valleys carpeted with a profusion of alpine flowers and are constantly rewarded
with panoramic views of jagged limestone spires towering above. With excellent chairlift
and bus links, we are able to access a huge variety of walks, thus allowing us to offer two
grades of walking on each departure.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
END
20 Jun
11 Jul
18 Jul
25 Jul
29 Aug
05 Sep
12 Sep
Level 3 and 5 walks offered each day
Group normally 6 to 20 plus 1 UK leader per grade.
Min age 16 yrs
• 7 nights 3-star Hotel Laurino, all rooms en suite
ACCOMMODATION
Val Pu
steria
Dolomites
Cortina
Ortisei
Bolzano
Moena
ig
ITALY
Hote Laurino ***
Ideally located in the heart of the town
of Moena, close to cafes and shops,
this family-run hotel welcomes us
with a great friendly atmosphere,
comfortable rooms and lovely food. All
twin-bedded and single rooms have
shower and WC, telephone and TV, and
the small wellness centre gives us the
chance to enjoy a sauna or a Turkish
bath after a day of walking. There is
also a lounge/bar area where we can
relax in the evenings.
8
Activity Level
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
04 Jul
11 Jul
22 Aug
29 Aug
05 Sep
11 Jul
18 Jul
29 Aug
05 Sep
12 Sep
Free day to relax in Moena, explore the area or try some
optional activities.
End Moena.
12
15
13
CHALLENGING/TOUGH
TEZ
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
5 days centre-based Via Ferrata; 1 free day
Not suitable for vertigo sufferers
Group normally 4 to 16, plus one local UIAGM guide
for every 8 clients. Min age 18 yrs
• 7 nights 3-star Hotel Tschurtschenthaler,
all rooms en suite
2015
Start Moena.
1
5
Val
P
ria
Villabassa Dobbiaco
Dolomiti
di Sesto
6
7
13
12
Tre Cime
di Lavaredo
Monte Cristallo
Cortina
Sassopiatto
ITALY
Sorapis
MULTIPLE GRADES
To allow greater flexibility, we offer both
moderate and challenging level walks every day
on each departure. This is ideal if you are unsure
of your fitness or want to travel with friends who
are at different walking abilities .
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
Free day for optional walking or cycling.
6/7 This area has some of the most famous Via Ferrata routes in
the Dolomites, many dating back to the First World War. The
most impressive and memorable route takes us around the
Tre Cime di Lavaredo, situated in the Sexten Dolomites.
AUSTRIA
uste
Tofana
Start Dobbiaco.
2/4 Thanks to the wealth of via ferrata routes available and our
leaders' intimate knowledge of the area, the best route will
be chosen daily, depending on the weather and ability of
the group.
• Equipment hire paid locally €25
Fanes - Sennes
Park
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
6
Discover Via Ferrata l Explore First World War routes l Marvel at breathtaking scenery
This is the perfect trip for walkers who enjoy scrambling and are looking for a new
challenge. Via Ferrata, 'Iron Way' in Italian, refers to a system of cables that cling to the side
of the mountains on routes that would normally be the domain of rock climbers. Taking us
each day on classic routes in the craggy mountains of the Sexten Dolomites, our expert local
mountain guides teach us all we need to know, so we can safely clamber along ridges and
up rock faces.
6/7 Level 3 walks include the Passo Costalunga, Vigo di Fassa
and Canazei, where lifts can provide access to higher ground.
Another possibility is the Vajolet Hut beneath the famous
Vajolet Towers. Level 5 hikes venture onto Catinaccio for some
excellent ridge walking, and into the famous Sella Group.
• Optional single supplement $180 (July departures $290)
• Allow approx. €60 for local transport costs
e
•
•
•
•
5
Ad
TEI
2/4 Guided walks mixing high-altitude routes that guarantee
stunning Dolomite scenery, with low level paths.
27 Jun
18 Jul
25 Jul
01 Aug
05 Sep
12 Sep
19 Sep
Trento
MULTIPLE GRADES
At a Glance
1
2015
Introduction to Via Ferrata
3,5
Trek exceptional trails l Enjoy views of the Marmolada l Choose your walking level
START
28
EUROPE • ITALY
EUROPE • ITALY
8 days land only
WHAT IS VIA FERRATA?
Via Ferrata means 'Iron Way' in Italian
and refers to a system of cables that
cling to the side of the mountains and
create routes that would normally be
the domain of rock climbers. Thanks
to an extensive network of metal
cables, rungs and ladders built during
the First World War to help troops
defend their territory, every confident
scrambler can enjoy reaching high
passes and spectacular summits with
no previous climbing experience.
To reach these perfect defensive
locations, all you need is good fitness
and a head for heights.
8
End Dobbiaco.
“Via ferrata is just fun the more I did the more
I wanted to do, I highly
recommend this trip!”
Pip Dodson
29
from
8 days land only
$1520
from
Malcesine
Italy
$1480
Overlooking Sant’Agostino Church, San Gimignano
Italy
Walking Trails of Lake Garda
1
Cable car to Monte Baldo l Boat across Lake Garda l Try delicious local wines and cuisine
Activity Level
The contrasting landscape of dramatic mountains, clear water and sandy coves make Lake
Garda a wonderful place to visit. Close to the lake the atmosphere is Mediterranean, with
a mild climate supporting palms and lemon groves alongside the olives and vines. Away
from the shore, craggy mountains rise rapidly and citrus groves give way to forest and alpine
meadows. The many lakeside villages have historically been linked by boat, which we use
to explore the area along with a combination of buses, cable car and leisurely walks.
Trip Code
LEISURELY
TDG
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
•
Leisurely pace on established trails
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
2015
13 Jun
20 Jun
20 Jun
27 Jun
05 Sep
12 Sep
12 Sep
19 Sep
Sa
rca
Start Nago.
2
Visit Penede Castle with lovely lake views, descend to
Torbole and follow shore to Riva; free afternoon.
3
Take in spectacular views on the walk from Nago down
to Tempesta; afternoon excursion to western lakeside
town Limone.
4
Visit Arco Botanical Gardens before walking on the slopes
of Monte Biaina to Dro, with its views of the Sarca valley.
5
Free day for a boat trip to the Roman villa at Sirmione or to
explore magnificent Verona.
6
Enjoy Riva before continuing to glacial Lago di Tenno;
descend via mediaeval villages of Canale and Tenno to
Cascata del Varone waterfalls.
Dro
Riva
ITALY
Nago
Malcesine
Monte Baldo
7
Lake Garda
ACCOMMODATION
Garda
Eco-Hotel Zanella ***
Sirmione
Verona
10
20
30 km
This family-run hotel offers en
suite rooms, an outdoor pool and
restaurant/bar where local specialities
are served. It is located in the historic
centre of Nago-Torbole and has a
reserved lakeside beach area. The
owners are committed to sustainability
and you will find solar panels, recycling
points and the use of local products
throughout the hotel.
8
Chianti: Walking & Wine
Activity Level
With its Renaissance cities, mediaeval villages and cypress-lined avenues snaking through
vineyards, southern Tuscany is the perfect place for a relaxed walking tour. Based at the
tranquil Villa Casalta, we visit beautiful San Gimignano, the market town of Greve in Chianti,
the UNESCO World Heritage Site of Siena and the magnificent city of Florence. During
the week we sample several varieties of the world-renowned local Chianti and have the
opportunity to learn more about Italian wines at the Wine School of Siena.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
11 Apr
25 Apr
09 May
23 May
30 May
13 Jun
20 Jun
04 Jul
25 Jul
29 Aug
05 Sep
12 Sep
19 Sep
26 Sep
10 Oct
24 Oct
18 Apr
02 May
16 May
30 May
06 Jun
20 Jun
27 Jun
11 Jul
01 Aug
05 Sep
12 Sep
19 Sep
26 Sep
03 Oct
17 Oct
31 Oct
• *Chianti Wine Festival (10-13 September)
ACCOMMODATION
Cable car to the summit of Monte Baldo for panoramic views
over Lake Garda; gentle walk along summit ridge before
descending to Malcesine town.
Villa Casalta
Florence
End Nago.
ITALY
Daily Distance (km)
9
7
TUSCANY
6
7
6
4
San Gimignano
Greve in
Chianti
Villa Casalta
9
Monteriggioni
Siena
This beautifully renovated farmhouse,
with swimming pool and en suite
facilities, is decorated in a traditional
Tuscan style and set in glorious
countryside. The 19th century villa
was the residence of a noble family
of Siena and it now belongs to Delia
and her daughter Roberta; they have
provided warm country hospitality for
over 20 years and pride themselves
on their fine home-made food and
locally produced wines and olive oil.
LEISURELY/MODERATE
TDC
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
5 days gentle walking and sightseeing; 1 free day
Low altitude throughout
7 nights Villa Casalta, all rooms en suite
All breakfasts, 5 dinners and 3 wine tastings included
1
Pisa
2
3
4
2
Explore Tuscany's rolling hills l Stay in a beautiful converted farmhouse l Try fabulous Chianti wines
2015
1
Arco
0
EUROPE • ITALY
EUROPE • ITALY
8 days land only
Start Castellina in Chianti.
2
Visit mediaeval market town of Greve in Chianti and the hilltop
village of Montefioralle; afternoon wine tasting in Castellina.
3
Travel to Siena and explore the stunning historic centre; learn
about Tuscan and Italian wines at the Wine School.
4
Circular walk from our lodge to the tiny village of Fonterutoli.
5
Free day to visit other Chianti villages or relax by the pool.
6
Discover the magnificent city of Florence, considered the
birthplace of the Renaissance.
7
Walk to San Gimignano; free time to explore the Palazzo
Comunale, Pinacoteca and Torre Grossa before wine tasting.
8
End Castellina in Chianti.
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
9
CITY WALKING
6
7
CITY WALKING
10
8
“The right balance of
walking and sightseeing
providing an excellent
introduction to Tuscany.”
Richard Hope
30
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
31
from
8 days land only
$1470
from
Garfagnana mountain views
Italy
Walking in Tuscany
3
Walk Tuscany's secluded mountains l Family-run farmhouse with pool l Challenging walks on certain weeks
Activity Level
The Garfagnana region, close to the gems of Lucca, Pisa and Florence, is one of Italy’s bestkept secrets. The area’s astonishing landscape is a far cry from the rolling hills of southern
Tuscany as it lies between the Alpi Apuane and the Apennine mountain ranges, providing us
with ample hiking opportunities which, along with picturesque hilltop and lakeside villages
and the warm local hospitality, make for a wonderful trip. Certain dates include more
challenging trekking and incorporate one night in a mountain refuge.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
START
11 Apr
18 Apr
25 Apr
02 May
09 May
16 May
30 May
06 Jun
13 Jun
20 Jun
27 Jun
04 Jul
11 Jul
25 Jul
P F
01 Aug
08 Aug
15 Aug
22 Aug
29 Aug
05 Sep
12 Sep
19 Sep
26 Sep
03 Oct
10 Oct
17 Oct
24 Oct
31 Oct
P F
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Moderate fitness is required
7 nights farmhouse, most rooms en suite
P F
Daily Distance (km)
6
7
1
Start Braccicorti lodge.
2
Transfer to the village of Pruno; walk through Orecchiella N.P.
to Pania di Corfino; descend via Campiana village.
3
Short drive to Vagli Sotto; walk through chestnut woods to the
ancient village of Campocatino and San Viviano's Hermitage.
4
Circular walk from Braccicorti to mediaeval market town
Castiglione di Garfagnana.
P F
• Optional single supplement $340 (limited availability)
• *Activity level 5 (Challenging) weeks
• ‡Family departures (parents with children only - min. age 12)
16
16
20
Our level 5 weeks feature longer walks on more
challenging terrain. See Date and Price Guide for
32
TDT
25 Jul‡
01 Aug
08 Aug
15 Aug‡
22 Aug*
29 Aug
P F
05 Sep
12 Sep
P 19
F Sep*
26 Sep
03 Oct
10 Oct
17 Oct
24 Oct
13
12
MODERATE
END
2015
2
3
4
$1580
Walk of the Gods
Italy
04 Apr
11 Apr
18 Apr
25 Apr
02 May
09 May
23 May‡
30 May
06 Jun
13 Jun*
20 Jun
27 Jun
04 Jul
18 Jul*
EUROPE • ITALY
EUROPE • ITALY
8 days land only
ACCOMMODATION
5
Free day to visit Lucca, the Cinque Terre, Florence or Pisa.
6
Transfer to Vianova village and walk through the Alpi Apuane
N.P. to Monte Sumbra.
7
Drive to Casone; head through beech forest into the Appenino
Tosco-Emiliano N.P. to the summit of Monte Prado.
Agriturismo Braccicorti
A traditional lodge-style stone building,
Braccicorti has been authentically
renovated and is surrounded by
meadows, orchards and woodlands.
It is hosted by a welcoming family
who take pride in their region and
Mamma’s cooking! There are 4 twin/
double rooms (with en suite facilities)
and 2 apartments, each with 1 twin/
double and 1 single room sharing a
bathroom. There is also a dining room,
comfortable living room, terrace,
outdoor swimming pool and a garden
with stunning views of the mountains.
8
Walking the Amalfi Coast
Activity Level
The Amalfi Coast is one of the most dramatic coastlines in Europe. Mountains jut steeply out
of the Mediterranean and picturesque towns nestle in the coves below. Walking the ancient
hillsides studded with lemon groves and framed by deep gorges, we descend from the Agerola
Plain to the quaint towns of Positano and of course Amalfi itself. No visit to the Bay of Naples
would be complete without a trip to see the remains of Pompeii under the imposing volcanic
cone of Mount Vesuvius. Saving the best till last, we complete our week with one of the world's
best coastal walks, the 'Walk of the Gods'. Away from the trails we partake in the favourite
traditional pastime and sample incredible food and wine just like the Italians do!
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
0
10
20
Verrucole
La Spezia
Alp
Monte
Sumbra
iA
Cinque
Terre
pu
an
e
• 4 days centre-based guided walking;
1 sightseeing day and 1 free day
• Low altitude throughout
• Moderate walks at a leisurely pace
• Not suitable for severe vertigo sufferers
• Group normally 4 to 16, plus leader. Min age 16 yrs
• 7 nights in a 3-star hotel, all rooms en suite
ACCOMMODATION
1
Start Bomerano.
Hotel Due Torri ***
2
An impressive walk to top of Monte Tre Calli for great
wide-open views of the coastline.
3
Follow mule tracks and steps down to Amalfi Mill; free afternoon
to explore the famous cathedral or the Paper Mill Museum.
Please refer to the website and Trip Notes for Solo departures.
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
11
10
5
7
10
12
Due Torri is a lovely family-run hotel
in Bomerano, a quiet village set at an
altitude of approx. 700m that provides
a relaxing retreat from the busier towns
by the sea. The hotel is a true highlight
of the trip and is well known for its
warm hospitality, typical of southern
Italy. All rooms have en suite facilities,
air-conditioning and Wi-Fi. It has a
lovely small outdoor pool and terrace.
The hotel's restaurant serves delicious
local cuisine and the chef will treat
you to fun cookery demonstrations
arranged during your stay.
nin
Monte Prado
TDA
At a Glance
Land only price $1580
9
Single supplement available for $380 per person
en
30 km
LEISURLY/MODERATE
We run this trip every week from Saturday to Saturday starting from the
7th February to the 26th December.
End Braccicorti Lodge.
Ap
2
Walk the Sorrentino Peninsula l Visit Amalfi, Ravello and Positano l Explore the ruins of Pompeii
4
Drive to Bay of Naples; visit fascinating ruins of Pompeii
and take an optional walk up the vast crater of Mount Vesuvius.
5
Guided walk to Valle delle Ferriere natural reserve through
beautiful forests, springs and waterfalls.
6
Free day to relax or take a boat to Capri, visit Naples, Ravello
or Herculaneum (all optional).
7
'Walk of the Gods' with superb panoramic views all the way
to Positano; return by boat to Amalfi; try some locally-made
Mozzarella cheese.
8
End Bomerano.
es
Pania di
Corfino
ITALY
Braccicorti
Ga Castelnuovo
rfa
gn Barga
an
a
Grotta
del Vento
CAMPANIA
Naples
Herculaneum
Pompeii
TUSCANY
Sorrento
Lucca
Mount Vesuvius
Bay of
Naples
ITALY
to Florence
Ravello
Bomerano
Amalfi
Positano
Ligurian
Sea
Sonia Dilcock
Amalfi Coast
Capri
Pisa
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
0
10
“One of our best holidays
which we will always
remember.”
20
30 km
33
from
8 days land only
$1560
from
Portofino
Italy
$1710
The famous trulli houses of Alberobello, Puglia
Italy
Walks of the Cinque Terre
& Portofino
NEW
Discover colourful Cinque Terre l Walk coastal and mountain paths l Visit chic Portofino
Located on a part of Italy’s most beautiful coastline, perfectly nestled between the
Cinque Terre and Bay of Portofino, our base in the seaside town of Moneglia is a real treat
for visitors. On inspirational walks through hills, woodland and coastal villages we will
discover why these areas have earned names such as the Gulf of the Poets. Many of the
country’s most iconic trails are situated in the region and the temperate climate, ample
opportunities for walking, relaxing and sampling delicious food and wine, make this trip
a great introduction to Italy.
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
2015
16 May
06 Jun
27 Jun
22 Aug
12 Sep
03 Oct
23 May
13 Jun
04 Jul
29 Aug
19 Sep
10 Oct
Genoa
Santa Margherita Ligure
Rapallo
Chiavari
Portofino
Moneglia
Ap
LIGURIA
en
nin
es
3
Activity Level
TEH
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
•
Moderate fitness is required
Group normally 4 to 15 , plus leader. Min age 16 yrs
All breakfasts, 2 lunches, 1 dinner and
1 wine tasting included
Start Moneglia.
2
Follow coastal trail from Moneglia to villages of Deiva
Marina and Framura.
3
Take the train to Cinque Terre N.P; walk the stunning paths
to some of Liguria's prettiest villages.
4
Walk on the Portofino peninsula and explore the world
renowned village of Portofino itself.
5
Free day to relax, take optional walks, try kayaking or visit
nearby Lucca or Genoa.
6
Transfer to Rapallo by train, take the cable car up
Montallegro for fantastic views and walk down to Chiavari;
afternoon winetasting.
8
Walking in Puglia & Basilicata
Activity Level
In the heart of the Mediterranean lie Puglia and Basilicata, two unique and still largely
undiscovered regions of Italy nestled between the emerald waters of the Adriatic and
Tyrrhenian seas. This trip gives us the chance to explore the very best these Italian gems have
to offer, from the fairytale Trulli houses of the lush Itria valley and the white hilltop town of
Ostuni, to the rock churches and caves of the beautiful city of Matera. Aside from the perfect
mix of cultural discovery and gentle walking, we will have the chance to sample the legendary
local cuisine and delicious wines that make this region a true food lovers' paradise.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
END
2015
Return to the Cinque Terre area for an alternative walk along
the glorious coastline and through colourful villages.
18 Apr
02 May
16 May
13 Jun
04 Jul
12 Sep
26 Sep
17 Oct
07 Nov
25 Apr
09 May
23 May
20 Jun
11 Jul
19 Sep
03 Oct
24 Oct
14 Nov
ACCOMMODATION
Pisa
Piccolo Hotel ***
0
20
40
60 km
ACCOMMODATION
Adriatic Sea
ITALY
Alberobello
End Moneglia.
Ostuni
This family-run hotel is ideally located
a few metres from the seafront, and
the bars and restaurants of the pretty
town. All rooms are en suite and
facilities include an indoor pool, sun
terrace and restaurant.
13
12
14
PUGLIA
6
7
9
10
BASILICATA
Lecce
Gulf of Taranto
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
All hotels on this trip have been
specially selected for their location,
character and comfort. We stay in
renovated traditional buildings which
give a real taste of the typical Apullian
architecture. In Alberobello we stay
in a hotel offering en suite rooms and
a lovely outdoor swimming pool. In
Ostuni we spend one night in a typical
Masseria (a traditional farmhouse)
surrounded by olive groves and
overlooking the sea. In Matera we stay
in tastefully renovated cavelike rooms
in the heart of the historic Sassi district.
TEV
5 days guided gentle walking; 1 free day
Some easy ascents and descents
7 nights in comfortable 3-star hotels, all rooms en suite
All breakfasts, 1 wine tasting and 1 dinner included
1
Start Alberobello
2
Walk over the rolling hills of the idyllic Itria Valley, dotted with
olive trees, vineyards and trulli; visit Locorotondo, one of the
most beautiful villages in Italy renowned for its superb wine.
3
Free day; optional activities include visiting Lecce, the coastal
village of Polignano, or the famous Castellana Caves.
4
Morning visit to the white city of Ostuni; afternoon walk
through olive groves and vineyards overlooking the Adriatic;
visit Agnano Archaeological Park and overnight stay in a
typical renovated farmhouse.
5
Morning walk from the farmhouse to the coast; free time at
the beach and transfer to the UNESCO town of Matera.
6
Walk from Matera along a scenic canyon trail while exploring
prehistoric caves and rock churches; transfer and overnight
in Matera.
7
Visit Matera's Rock Churches Park; guided walk in Matera
and its marvellous ‘Sassi’ district. Here we will enjoy a tasting
session of a selection of the delicious produce from the region.
8
End Matera.
walking areas
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
•
•
•
•
•
•
Bari
LEISURELY/MODERATE
At a Glance
Matera
Ligurian
Sea
2
Explore idyllic countryside on foot l Visit Matera and Alberobello l Enjoy legendary regional cuisine
START
1
La Spezia
Cinque
Terre
MODERATE
Trip Code
7
Framura
ITALY
34
EUROPE • ITALY
EUROPE • ITALY
8 days land only
Daily Distance (km)
2
4
5
12
9
12
6
7
14
5
35
from
8 days land only
$1620
from
Cala Luna, Sardinia
Italy
3
Pristine nature and rugged mountains l Stunning beaches and turquoise sea l Warm hospitality
Activity Level
With its stark beauty, crystal clear waters, golden beaches and undulating limestone
ridges, it's easy to see why Sardinia is considered one of the Mediterranean's finest gems.
Based in the Dorgali area, we explore on foot the idyllic forest-framed coastline of the
north and the rugged rocky mountains of the south, walking through valleys, gorges,
peaks and spectacular turquoise bays. In addition to its serene natural beauty, Sardinia
is also a place of great historic interest and during the week we have the chance to visit
the famous monolithic monuments built by the Nuraghi, one of the main prehistoric
Mediterranean civilizations.
Trip Code
MODERATE
TES
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
•
Reasonable level of fitness required
Group normally 6 to 16 plus leader. Min age 16 yrs
All breakfasts, 5 lunches, 5 dinners and 1 wine
tasting included
Dates & Price Guide
END
2015
09 May
16 May
16 May
23 May
23 May
30 May
05 Sep
12 Sep
12 Sep
19 Sep
19 Sep
26 Sep
Aerial view of Stromboli in the Aeolian Islands
Start Dorgali.
2
Orientation walk through a maze of old paths around Monte
Tului with beautiful views of the Gulf of Orosei.
3
Explore Nuraghic village of Serra Orrios, with its complex
of circular huts dating back to the Bronze Age; relax on an
idyllic sandy beach.
4
Visit Gorroppu Gorge, Italy's deepest natural canyon; free
time to swim in clear waters of Cala Cartoe (seasonal); wine
tasting.
5
Serra
Orrios
Dorgali
Monte Corrasi
Gorroppu
Gorge
Cala Gonone
Cala di Luna
Gulf of
Orosei
ITALY
SARDINIA
Tyrrhenian
Sea
6
ACCOMMODATION
Hotel S'Adde ***
This comfortable 3-star family-run
hotel is within walking distance from
the town of Dorgali, located in the
beautiful Gulf of Orosei. The small
agricultural town is famous for its
crafts and ceramics and offers a wide
choice of shops, restaurants and bars.
All rooms in the hotel are en suite and
the lively restaurant offers a range
of delicious Sardinian specialities popular with guests and locals alike.
7
8
Sicilian Volcanoes
Activity Level
Striking active volcanoes, black sand beaches, thermal springs and a stunning cobalt sea
make the Aeolians Islands a unique must-see destination. Exploring the varied landscape by
boat and on foot is without doubt the best way to take in the natural beauty and contrasts
of this part of Sicily. During the week we trek on three of the best islands in the archipelago:
Lipari, with its archaeological ruins and lively harbour, Vulcano, with its craters and vents of
volcanic gas and Stromboli, where the challenging walk is rewarded by dramatic views of its
explosive activity. On the mainland we trek on the famous Mount Etna (3350m), the highest
and most active volcano in Europe.
Trip Code
Free day; explore the archaeological sites of the Dorgali
region, take an optional self-guided walk or simply relax
by the beach and enjoy the leisurely Sardinian lifestyle.
START
END
29 Mar
12 Apr
26 Apr
03 May
10 May
17 May
24 May
07 Jun
19 Jul
05 Apr
19 Apr
03 May
10 May
17 May
24 May
31 May
14 Jun
26 Jul
30 Aug
13 Sep
20 Sep
27 Sep
04 Oct
11 Oct
18 Oct
25 Oct
06 Sep
20 Sep
27 Sep
04 Oct
11 Oct
18 Oct
25 Oct
01 Nov
VOLCANIC ACTIVITY
AEOLIAN
ISLANDS
Lipari
Vulcano
Milazzo
Straits of
Messina
Mt Etna
6
7
10
10
•
•
•
•
•
5 days guided walking; 1 free day
Optional climbs on Stromboli and Mt Etna
4 nights apartments; 2 nights hotels and 1 night
comfortable mountain lodge
1
Start Catania Airport.
2
Morning walk to Lipari's north coast and up to Mt Pilatus for
wonderful views over extensive pumice quarries; visit Lipari
old town; Sicilian food and wine evening.
3
Hydrofoil to Vulcano and trek to the crater; free afternoon
for bathing in Vulcano's hot springs and mud baths.
4
Free day for optional west coast walk, boat trip or relaxation
on the local beach.
5
Hydrofoil to Stromboli; optional guided excursion to Stromboli
summit or sunset walk to see 'Sciara del Fucco’.
6
Hydrofoil ride to Milazzo and transfer to our comfortable
mountain hut on Mt Etna's southern slope.
7
Great walk on the southern side of Mt Etna; optional 4WD
and trek to crater. Private transfer to Catania and short
orientation tour of the city.
8
End Catania.
Stromboli
End Dorgali.
ITALY
SICILY
Catania
P Premium departure
TEL
At a Glance
• Optional single supplement $380Limited availabilty
Explore the caves and cliffs on walk to the beach of Cala
Luna; free afternoon.
11
10
13
END
Walk around the pre-historic Tiscali Village, built inside a
cave; visit the springs of Su Cologone.
START
2015
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
4
Walk on imposing Mt Etna l See Stromboli's volcanic activity l Discover picturesque villages
Dates & Price Guide
1
36
$1710
Italy
Walking in Sardinia
START
EUROPE • ITALY
EUROPE • ITALY
8 days land only
Solo departure
F Family departure
Etna and Stromboli are two of the
most active volcanoes in the world.
On this trip the chances of seeing the
breathtaking volcanic activity are very
high, especially on Stromboli. Here
energetic eruptions of incandescent
volcanic bombs, ash and lava can
normally be observed from very
close range at intervals ranging from
minutes to hours. Unlike Stromboli,
Etna's activity is mainly effusive and
lava flows and smoke - rather than
explosions - are prevalent.
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
5
7
8
9
6
7
5
9
37
8 days land only
$1680
from
from
Santiago de Compostela Cathedral
8 days land only
$1300
from
Walking in Sierra de las Mamblas
Spain
Spain
Camino de Santiago Trek
Secret Trails of Mediaeval Spain
Walking the Picos de Europa
Follow the Way of St James l Walk through rolling countryside
Follow historic pilgrim routes l Visit ancient villages and towns
The Camino de Santiago de Compostela is one of the world's oldest
pilgrimage routes; travellers have made their way across northern Spain
to Santiago on what is also known as 'The Way of St James' for over 1000
years. The way is marked by the symbol of the scallop shell, typically
found on the Galician shores, and a great tradition of the route is to obtain
the 'compostela', a certificate of accomplishment given to pilgrims upon
completing the way, gained by walking at least 100km of the route, which
we will do on this trip.
The undiscovered lands of Old Castile, one of the historic mediaeval kingdoms
of Spain, encompass an incredibly varied landscape where high plains and
fertile valleys alternate with rugged hills, dramatic windy ridges and deep
wooded gorges. Here, in the heart of the nation's gone but remembered glory
and power, we venture on a fantastic journey during which we walk secret
pilgrims' routes, explore a rich mediaeval heritage and enjoy the typical warm
Spanish hospitality.
3
3
Activity Level
1
Start Samos.
Trip Code
2
To Sarria walking through ancient oak
forests and quaint villages.
At a Glance
3
Walk through the rolling hills of the
Galician countryside to Portomarin.
4
Uphill to the village of Ventas de Naron
and on to Palas de Rei.
5
Walk to the town of Melide, renowned
for its octopus with potatoes, and on to
Arzua, famous for its cheeses.
6
Meet many more pilgrims on final section
to Pedruozo.
7
Walk to Santiago de Compostela.
8
Free day in Santiago de Compostela.
9
End Santiago de Compostela.
14
5
6
7
23
25
Start Covarrubias.
TSO
2
Circular walk in the Valles de Ura, home
to numerous species of local flora and
fauna.
3
Full-day circular walk: Circuit of Muela.
4
Beautiful walk from Rio Arlanza to Santo
Domingo de Silos.
1 free day
• Low altitude throughout
• Luggage transported
• Group normally 5 to 16, plus leader.
Min age 16 yrs
• 8 nights in 2 and 3-star hotels
and pensions, all rooms en suite
• All breakfasts included
START
2015
29
19
20
02 May
16 May
30 May
05 Sep
19 Sep
SPAIN
GALICIA
Walk through vineyards and beautiful
valleys to the 'The Three Villages'.
6
Free day to relax or visit Burgos and its
many sights
8
10 May
24 May
07 Jun
13 Sep
27 Sep
(see page 9).
Walk along the crest of the Sierra de las
Mamblas.
Dates & Price Guide
END
Burgos
The Picos de Europa, Spain's third highest mountain range, is a region of dramatic limestone
peaks and lush valleys. Carpeted in beautiful wild flowers in spring, this area is also known
as 'Green Spain'. Its terrain, tranquillity and inaccessibility make the Picos a walker's paradise.
Here chamois, Griffon vultures, Golden eagles and many other species are regularly spotted,
and, although rare, bears, wolves and boars still survive in this incredible wilderness. Thanks
to the wonderful variety of walks available in the area, some more challenging walking as
well as selected family departures are available on certain dates.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
•
END
START
END
2015
28 Mar#
04 Apr*
18 Apr
02 May
09 May
23 May
30 May
13 Jun#
20 Jun
04 Jul
04 Apr
11 Apr
25 Apr
09 May
16 May
30 May
06 Jun
20 Jun
27 Jun
11 Jul
25 Jul#
P F
01 Aug*
15 Aug*
P 22
F Aug
05 Sep#
12 Sep
P 19
F Sep
03 Oct#
17 Oct
24 Oct
01 Aug
08 Aug
22 Aug
29 Aug
12 Sep
19 Sep
26 Sep
10 Oct
24 Oct
31 Oct
P F
P F
• *Family departure (parents with
children only - min. age 12)
• #Challenging week - see Trip Notes
09 May
30 May
10 Oct
24 Oct
ACCOMMODATION
Hotel Torrecerredo
(see page 9).
P F
SPAIN
CASTILLA Y LEON
Sie
rra
Muela
de
las
Peña la Torca
Covarrubias
M
am
Rio Arlanza
bla
s
Puentedura
• *Best for spring flowers
Bay of
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
17
14
15
5
7
16
18
ASTURIAS
Biscay
SPAIN
Arenas de Cabrales
Pic
Castroceniza
os
de
from/to
Bilbao
Juan Robre
Pandescura
Cares
Gorge
Tielve
Peña Main
Macondiu
Cain
Torre de
Cerredo
Naranjo de Bulnes
Eu
CANTABRIA
rop
a
walking
38
P F
2015
02 May*
23 May*
03 Oct
17 Oct
Activity Level
START
• Group normally 4 to 16 , plus leader.
Min age 16 yrs
• 7 nights in a traditional Spanish
family-run hotel
START
3
Hike dramatic peaks and gorges l Spot Griffon vultures and eagles l Enjoy warm hospitality
MODERATE
TSQ
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Reasonable fitness required
Special family and challenging departures available
7 nights, all rooms en suite
TSR
At a Glance
End Covarrubias.
Santa Domingo de Silos
Palas
de Rei
Sarria
Santiago de Arzua
Compostela
Samos
Portomarin
MODERATE
Trip Code
5
7
Activity Level
END
La Coruña
1
Dates & Price Guide
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
MODERATE
$1330
View of the Picos de Europa, Spain
Spain
EUROPE • SPAIN
EUROPE • SPAIN
9 days land only
P Premium
F
departure
P Fdeparture
P
Solo
F Family departure
Torrecerredo is a small family-run
hotel in Arenas the Cabrales. It has
a pleasant garden terrace attached
to the café bar and the panoramic
restaurant gives views right up to the
mountains peaks. All rooms have en
suite facilities along with TV and WiFi.
The hotel is situated in a rural setting,
five minutes walk from the centre of
the village, which is well serviced with
banks, cafes and shops. The hotel's
restaurant serves delicious traditional
meals all cooked with local ingredients.
1
Start Arenas de Cabrales.
2
Walk to summit of Juan Robre through a varied landscape
made of high pastures, wild peaks and limestone outcrops.
3
Ascent of Pandescura with superb views of Western Massif.
4
Classic Cares Gorge walk, one of the most popular walks
in Spain.
5
Free day. Optional activities include caving, canoeing,
canyoning or a trip to the coast.
6
Walk to Pandebano Col and continue to summit of Peña
Mainone for classic Picos views.
7
Hike to twin summits of Mancondiu offering fantastic views
of the Central and Eastern Massifs.
8
End Arenas de Cabrales.
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
10
12
6
7
11
21
24
39
from
8 days land only
$1520
from
View of Zahara de la Sierra, Andalucia
Spain
Walking in Andalucia
Activity Level
Outside the golden cultural triangle of Seville, Cordoba and Granada, the rural landscape
of Andalucia is breathtaking and what better way to appreciate its diversity than on foot.
Our walks take us through rugged hills, picturesque sunflowers fields, olive groves and
the granite peaks of Sierra de Grazalema Natural Park. In this corner of Europe the excesses
of modern life do not seem to have taken root and our home for the week is the perfect
example: a rustic, homely cortijo in the heart of agricultural countryside. During the week, a
whole day is reserved for exploring the magnificent city of Seville.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
END
START
END
2015
28 Feb
14 Mar
28 Mar
11 Apr
18 Apr
02 May
16 May
23 May
06 Jun
06 Jun
20 Jun
P 12
F Sep
26 Sep
03 Oct*
24 Oct
P 31
F Oct
14 Nov
26 Dec
13 Jun
27 Jun
19 Sep
03 Oct
10 Oct
31 Oct
07 Nov
21 Nov
02 Jan
Italica
Rio
Cordoba
G
SPAIN
ANDALUCIA
Seville
Villanueva
de San Juan
Olvera
Cortijo Rosario
Grazalema
Jerez
Malaga
Mediterranean Sea
40
Gentle walk through rolling olive groves to neighbouring
village of Villanueva de San Juan.
Walk a circuit around the impressive Peñon Crag; optional
tapas lunch to soak up the Andalucian atmosphere.
Visit Caños Santos Monastery; walk to Setenil, a unique
'Pueblo Blanco' with homes built into the side of a gorge.
5
Introduction to the magnificent city of Seville with free time
to explore.
6
Walk the 'Pass of the Doves' through fantastic limestone
scenery to the white village of Benaocaz.
8
Activity Level
Trip Code
START
Start Cortijo Rosario.
2
7
At El Chorro Gorge, walk through spectacular scenery with
views of the canyon, the massive Guadalhorce Dam and
reservoir complex.
END
START
END
03 Jan
17 Jan
07 Feb*
28 Feb*
11 Jan
01 Feb
15 Feb
08 Mar
22 Mar
05 Apr
26 Apr
10 Jan
24 Jan
14 Feb
06 Mar
10 May
27 Sep+
11 Oct
25 Oct
08 Nov
22 Nov
13 Dec
2016
17 May
04 Oct
18 Oct
01 Nov
15 Nov
29 Nov
20 Dec
13 Mar*
27 Mar
17 Apr
08 May
20 Mar
03 Apr
24 Apr
15 May
• Some dates can be combined with
trip ASB: see Trip Notes
SPAIN
12
11
La Serrella
6
7
8
9
16
Abdet
Penya Alta
Benimantell
walking
Aitana
Sella
Penya Roc
Puig
Campana
MODERATE/CHALLENGING DEPARTURES
from/to
Alicante
P Premium departure
Mediterranean
Sea
Benidorm
TSA
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
5 days guided walking; 1 free day
Some rocky paths and steep ascents/descents
3 nights pension, 4 nights village guesthouse
(bathrooms here are shared)
(plus local wine with dinner)
1
Start village of Benimantell.
2
Walk up Penya Alta for fantastic views over Guadalest Valley;
continue to Bolulla.
3
Climb Serrella Peak for vistas of the Aitana Range; descend via
a magnificent gorge to Beniarda; visit a local olive oil factory.
4
Spectacular walk to Sella along the dramatic Simas
Limestone Fissures; option to scale Aitana Peak.
5
Free day; discover Sella's hermitage (shrine) and water mill
or head to the beach near colourful Villa Joiosa and visit the
chocolate factory.
6
An enchanting walk passing the limestone needles of
Penya Roc before walking through El Salt down to Barranc
de Sanchet.
7
Summit Puig Campana (1410m) for panoramic views to the
Costa Blanca and across the region.
8
End Sella.
• +Itinerary operates in reverse
• *Almond blossom season
2015
04 Jan
25 Jan
08 Feb*+
01 Mar*
15 Mar*
29 Mar
19 Apr
End Cortijo Rosario.
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
4
Dramatic ridges and rugged mountains l Stunning coastal views l Local wine with dinner
Although close to the Costa Blanca, the dramatic Sierra de Aitana massif has remained a
secret from all but a few discerning visitors. We follow traditional footpaths and mule tracks,
mostly along ridge lines, giving us spectacular panoramic vistas, then descend to beautiful
valleys with natural springs, dramatic limestone amphitheatres, and where castles dot
distant hilltops. The rocky peaks and steep valleys which sweep down to the Mediterranean
coast benefit from a warm climate for over 300 days of the year, making it an ideal location
for out-of-season walking.
Dates & Price Guide
1
4
Cortijo Rosario is a beautifully converted
farmhouse reserved exclusively for
Exodus groups. Situated in the heart of
the romantic Andalusian countryside,
the Cortijo overlooks the small village
of Algamitas and is within reach of
Seville and the charming town of Ronda.
All rooms have en suite facilities and
there is a bar, lounge, outdoor dining
area as well as a lovely pool. Weather
permitting, on most departures
the catering team at the Cortijo will
demonstrate how a true paella is made
with the tricks you normally don't get
from recipe books!
TDS
7 nights in converted farmhouse with pool
P F
Cortijo Rosario
r
uivi
lq
uada
•
•
•
•
•
•
3
ACCOMMODATION
LEISURELY/MODERATE
At a Glance
P F
• *Moderate/Challenging departure - See Trip Notes
•
•
Sierra de Aitana Trek
2
Stay in an Andalusian farmhouse l Walk the Moorish white villages l Visit charming Seville
21 Feb
07 Mar*
21 Mar
04 Apr
11 Apr*
25 Apr
09 May
16 May
30 May*
$1520
Descending into the Barranc de la Canal Gorge
Spain
START
EUROPE • SPAIN
EUROPE • SPAIN
8 days land only
RESPONSIBLE TOURISM
Our local partner, José Miguel works
to promote local walking-tourism
development. He has cleared and
way-marked many of the footpaths
in the area (together with sites of
cultural interest) for visitors. The
accommodation we use on this trip
has been chosen for its commitment
to being eco-friendly. Most of the
food provided is locally grown and
the family-run pension in Benimantell
produce their own olive oil.
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
22
17
20
6
7
21
20
Villa Joiosa
Solo departure
F Family departure
41
from
8 days land only
$1490
from
Alhambra Palace
Spain
$1110
Mule track past Cala Tuent
Spain
Sierra Nevada & Granada
3
Discover Moorish settlements l Walk in Spain's highest sierra l Full day in beautiful Granada
Activity Level
The Sierra Nevada is Europe's second highest mountain range and towers over southern
Spain. Much of this dramatic landscape is a protected biosphere reserve, rich in wildlife
and home to many endemic plant species. Here, and in the neighbouring Alpujarra region,
we are rewarded with some of the finest walking in Andalucia; from ancient chestnut
forests to lavender and broom-clad moorland and white-washed Moorish villages. We end
the trip with a night in the city of Granada, home to the magnificent Alhambra Palace.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
22 Mar
12 Apr
03 May
31 May
06 Sep
20 Sep
04 Oct
29 Mar
19 Apr
10 May
07 Jun
13 Sep
27 Sep
11 Oct
27 Mar
10 Apr
01 May
22 May
03 Apr
17 Apr
08 May
29 May
•
•
•
•
•
Some short steep sections
6 nights Hotel Los Berchules, 1 night Granada city centre
hotel, all rooms en suite
Sierra
a
Nevad
Mulhacen
Trevelez
Gua
da
Juviles
Nieles
lfeo
Sierra
Motril
Eastern
Alpujarras
Berchules
Cadiar
viesa
ontra
de C
We spend our first six nights in the
old rural town of Berchules, which
retains much of its Moorish influence.
Family-run Hotel Los Berchules
offers comfortable en suite rooms
(most with balconies) and boasts a
spectacular location overlooking the
Sierra Nevada. In summer we can
enjoy the outdoor swimming pool and
in winter there's a wood-burning fire
in the café-bar to cosy down in front
of. On the last night in Granada we
stay in a city centre 3-star hotel within
walking distance of all the sights.
Activity Level
Behind Mallorca's façade lies a tranquil and timeless landscape. Rising abruptly out of the
island's interior are the craggy outcrops of the Tramuntana Mountains, over which birds
of prey can often be seen soaring on the breeze. Following a network of established trails,
we trek to some of the highest peaks and enjoy spectacular vistas to the Mediterranean.
Elsewhere we discover picturesque hamlets complete with mediaeval churches and pass
terraced hillsides adorned with sun-kissed citrus trees. In contrast, our coastal walks will
reveal sleepy fishing marinas, secret coves and pebble bays.
Trip Code
START
END
Descend into Guadalfeo Valley to market town of Cadiar; climb
through maquis to Juviles, site of Muslim 10th century castle.
15 Mar
12 Apr
17 May
27 Sep
11 Oct
01 Nov
4
Scenic walk from white village of Trevelez (the highest village
in Spain at 1500m); return through working cortijos to see
how the traditional way of life continues.
20 Mar
17 Apr
15 May
27 Mar
24 Apr
22 May
5
Walk through a great variety of landscape, from moonscape
to verdant, and pass through some tiny communities.
2
Circular walk from the hotel door, walking along a stone-laid
mule path with panoramic views.
3
6
Walk along Roman paths through La Taha to explore Moorish
villages hidden in a deep gorge.
Free day in Granada and optional visit to the Alhambra Palace.
8
End Granada.
2016
• *Challenging level walking: see Trip Notes
• +Es Firo festival celebrated in Soller 11 May 2015
Puerto Soller
Deia
Soller
Valldemossa
14
15
14
5
6
16
Puig d'en Galileu
na
nta
mu
Tra
rra
Se
20
The first four nights are spent in
Hotel Eden Nord in Puerto Sóller, a
comfortable hotel within walking
distance of the beach and which is
equipped with en suite rooms, an
outdoor swimming pool, sun terrace,
bar and restaurant. For the remaining
three nights we stay in beautiful Lluc
Monastery. Although not a hotel, this
historic 13th century building is set
amidst tranquil countryside and offers
excellent rooms (mostly en suite) and
delicious food.
Lluc Monastery
Balitx
Galatzo
MALLORCA
Palma
P Premium departure
TST
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
•
5½ days guided walking; 1 free afternoon
4 nights hotel and 3 nights monastery, usually en suite
All breakfasts, 4 picnic lunches (6 on level 5 weeks)
and 1 dinner included
Solo departure
1
Start Puerto Sóller.
2
Walk to picturesque Deia, stopping for a refreshing dip
in Cala Deia en route.
3
Tram ride to Sóller; take the 'Pilgrim Steps' from Biniaraitx
before ascending Es Cornadors.
4
Follow the 19th century Archduke's Bridleway from
Valldemossa to 'S'Atalaia Vella'; afternoon free.
5
Leave Puerto Sóller along a coastal mule track to Cala
Tuent; transfer to Lluc Monastery.
6
A wonderful circular walk around Muleta de Binifaldo,
passing ancient oak forests.
7
Ascent of Puig d'en Galileu (1181m), one of the island's
highest peaks.
8
End Lluc.
ACCOMMODATION
Puig Tomir
Cala Tuent
Daily Distance (km)
MODERATE
2015
7
2
3
4
3
Secluded coves and rugged mountains l Tapas and Mallorquin cuisine l Falcons, Osprey and Vultures
08 Mar
05 Apr
10 May+
20 Sep
04 Oct*
25 Oct
Start Berchules.
Granada
ACCOMMODATION
Walking in Mallorca
Dates & Price Guide
1
• Optional single supplement $50 (small rooms with limited view)
La Taha
TSN
At a Glance
2016
El Caballo
MODERATE
2015
42
EUROPE • SPAIN
EUROPE • SPAIN
8 days land only
F Family departure
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
12
16
7
5
6
7
11
10
9
43
from
8 days land only
$1950
from
Ponta de Sao Lourenco walks
Portugal
$2190
Sete Cidades
Portugal
Walking in Madeira
3
Walk the levadas l Stunning coastal views l Abundance of flora and fauna
Activity Level
During the course of this week you will have the opportunity to walk through the wild and
varied scenery of Madeira, from gentle strolls along flower-lined levadas and spectacular
coastal footpaths to more demanding forays amongst the jagged ridges and peaks of the
rugged volcanic interior. There is plenty of time to relax by the sea in the fishing village of
Machico and discover the historical importance of Funchal, an old trade centre famous for
exporting sugar and wine to the Indies and the New World.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
14 Feb
21 Feb
07 Mar
21 Mar
04 Apr
25 Apr
23 May
29 Aug#
19 Sep
26 Sep
24 Oct
26 Dec
21 Feb
28 Feb
14 Mar
28 Mar
11 Apr
02 May
30 May
05 Sep
26 Sep
03 Oct
31 Oct
02 Jan
•
•
•
•
•
5 days point-to-point walking, 1 free day
Not suitable for vertigo sufferers
7 nights 3 and 4-star hotels/pensions, all rooms
en suite
Encumeada
Curral das
Freiras
Walking in the Azores
Porto
da Cruz
Pico
Ruivo
Funchal
Ponta de
Sao Lourenco
Start Machico.
2
Walk along Ponta de Sao Lourenco, where rocks ranging from
black to red hues contrast starkly with the blue of the ocean.
3
Spectacular walk along the north coast path to the sleepy
fishing village of Porto da Cruz.
4
Transfer to Queimadas; walk along Levada do Caldeirão
Verde to the remote village of Ilha.
5
Early departure for sunrise at Achada do Teixeira; ascend
the island’s highest mountain, Pico Ruivo; follow a stone
staircase down to Encumeada.
Machico
We use a mixture of 3 and 4-star
hotels and pensions, all of which are
good quality, comfortable, and offer en
suite facilities. All have been chosen for
their locations with either proximity to
local amenities or in quiet countryside.
Although the pension is simpler, it is
set in a beautiful forest and offers
breathtaking views. Three of the hotels
have swimming pools.
Free day to visit the bustling ‘Mercado dos Lavradores’
(workers’ market), Sé Cathedral or for wine tasting in
Madeira’s Wine Lodge.
8
End Funchal.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
23 May
06 Jun
11 Jul
22 Aug
05 Sep
30 May
13 Jun
18 Jul
29 Aug
12 Sep
8
12
12
5
6
16
12
• Walking on tracks and paths, some are uneven
• Altitude maximum 2351m (on optional ascent of
Mt. Pico), average 500m
• 7 nights hotels, all rooms en suite
• All breakfasts, 5 lunches included
Start Ponta Delgada.
2
Morning flight to Pico; walk through UNESCO heritage site
of the Santa Luzia Vineyards; afternoon wine tasting.
3
Ferry to Sao Jorge; trek to explore the Faja dos Cubres;
evening return to Faial.
4
Free day to climb Mt Pico, half-day whale watching excursion
or swim with dolphins, sharks and manta rays.
5
Trek from Trupes do Capelo to the Capelinhos volcano; visit
to scrimshaw museum; evening flight to Sao Miguel.
6
Morning transfer to Praia; trek to Lagoa do Fogo; afternoon
visit to Sete Cidades to the Vista do Rei.
ACCOMMODATION
7
Walk around Lake Furnas; afternoon visit to Terra Nostra
Botanical Gardens and tea plantations.
During the week our nights are split
between two fantastic 4-star hotels.
In the heart of Ponta Delgada is the
Hotel Marina Atlantico. Right on the
sea front, this new hotel is ideally
located to explore the capital of the
Azores and offers a modern twist in
a traditional part of town. On Faial
we use the excellent Hotel do Canal.
Affording spectacular views towards
the neighbouring island of Pico, this
modern hotel sits just 100 metres
from the harbour and is the perfect
place to relax after a days walking.
8
End Ponta Delgada.
• Optional single supplement $480 (July, Aug & Sep $720)
Graciosa
Sao
Jorge
Faja dos
Cubres
Santa Luiza
Horta
Pico
Terceira
AZORES
Sete
Cidades
Sao
Miguel
Ponta Delgada
2
3
5
9
10
TSZ
At a Glance
1
Faial
MODERATE
P
P
P
P
P
Lagoa
do Fogo
Daily Distance (km)
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
3
Activity Level
It is hard to believe that the Azores are part of Europe. Born from the immensity of
the Atlantic Ocean, this lush, green, volcanic archipelago is a far cry from its mainland
government of Portugal. Be it pocked with steep craters, a haven for wildlife or a place of
historic interest, each of the nine islands is unique and ideally explored on foot. We visit
the very best that these islands have to offer, walking through UNESCO vineyards, lava
plateaux (or 'fajas') and sunken volcanoes.
High level walk through beautiful chestnut and eucalyptus
woods to Curral das Freiras; panoramic local bus ride to
Funchal.
7
ACCOMMODATION
PREMIUM
Four unique islands l Vineyards, volcanoes and hot springs l Walk around tranquil Lagoa do Fogo
2015
1
6
Santana
Ilha
TSD
At a Glance
• #Wine Harvest festival
MADEIRA
MODERATE
2015
trekking
EUROPE • PORTUGAL
EUROPE • PORTUGAL
8 days land only
6
7
12
11
7
“The Azores are an
unknown quantity to most
people, but I fell in love
with the islands natural
and unspoilt beauty.”
Christopher Adams
44
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
45
from
8 days land only
$1450
from
$1430
Nearing the summit of Mt. Triglav
Slovenia
Lake Bled
Slovenia
Slovenia: Julian Alps Traverse
Activity Level
Little known outside Slovenia, the Julian Alps are the unsung mountain chain of Europe.
Giant limestone peaks dramatically twist their way from the lush, verdant meadows of the
valleys below, creating a unique landscape that Slovenians are proud to call their own.
This trip encompasses all the very best of this special mountain range, with an opportunity
to reach the summit of Mount Triglav, which rewards with views to Austria, Italy and Croatia.
This trip is hut-to-hut, but we will only need to carry our personal gear, as the mountain
huts are fully catered.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
18 Jul
01 Aug
22 Aug
29 Aug
25 Jul
08 Aug
29 Aug
05 Sep
Lakes & Mountains of Slovenia
5
Trek spectacular, challenging scenery l Ascend Mount Triglav l Relax in the lakeside town of Bled
CHALLENGING
TVJ
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
5 days light backpacking
2 nights hotel with en suite rooms. 5 nights mountain
huts with shared facilities
1
Start Bled.
2
Warm-up walk in the Karavanke Mountains.
3
Transfer to Lake Bohinj and the Triglav National Park passing
a traditional mountain settlement. Trek overlooking a
stunning glacial lake.
4
Walk through valley of the Seven Triglav Lakes, heading
towards the more rocky terrain of Hribarice.
5
Excellent trekking through the heart of the Julian Alps
followed by climb of Mount Triglav (2864m).
• Optional single supplement $130 (2 hotel nights only)
AUSTRIA
Karav
ITALY
Julian Alps
Hribarice
Lake Blejska
Bohinj Koca
Komni
Vogel
6
Ran
ge
Debela
Triglav Kredarica Pec
Triglav Lakes
Bled
Lake
Bled
Laski Rovt
SLOVENIA
Activity Level
The Julian Alps are the most easterly extension of the great Alpine Range. The jagged
limestone peaks hold some of Europe's best scenery and walking, with Mount Triglav
(the highest in Slovenia) at the centre of the range, and the glacial lakes of Bohinj and Bled
far below. For this centre-based trip we stay a few kilometres from Bled in the mediaeval
village of Radovljica. During the week we will enjoy five varied walks, both inside the
national park and on the more distant peaks of the Karavanke Range, which forms the
border with Austria. As the lower slopes are mainly wooded, many of the walks take us to
higher ridges or peaks for excellent views of the Slovenian countryside.
Trip Code
START
END
06 Jun
11 Jul
22 Aug
05 Sep
13 Jun
18 Jul
29 Aug
12 Sep
trekking
huts
7
ACCOMMODATION
from/to
Ljubljana
Our mountain accommodation varies
in levels of comfort. However, all are
clean and comfortable dormitory
style rooms, with bedding provided.
Although basic, the huts offer a warm
welcome and hearty food. Our hotel in
Bled is a modern 3-star property, with
en suite rooms and is in an excellent
location minutes from the shores of
the lake.
8
Kara
vanke
ITALY
Julian Alps
Final day trekking east along ridge towards the peak of
Brda (2009m). Transfer back to Bled, with time to stroll
around the picturesque lake.
Triglav
Sa
Debela
Pec
va
So
ca
Vogel
12
14
12
Ran
ge
Bled
Lake
Bohinj
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
Radovljica
Sa
va
Lake
Bled
from/to
Ljubljana
SLOVENIA
5
6
7
TVL
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
•
5 days centre-based walking, 1 free day
Well graded paths, some loose stones underfoot
7 nights pension with en suite facilities
1
Follow mountain trails offering panoramas of the whole Julian Alps
before arriving on Pokljuka Plateau and Blejska Koca Hut (1630m).
End Bled.
MODERATE
Start Radovljica.
2
A day exploring the local area direct from our door.
3
From the village of Gozd Martuljek, we hike into the Martuljek
Gorge, visiting two stunning waterfalls along the route.
4
Picturesque walk in the Karavanke Mountain Range bordering
Slovenia and Austria, to the peak of Golica (1835m).
5
Free day for optional activities including horse-riding, rafting,
visiting Bled or the capital Ljubljana.
6
Gentle, but pretty hike around the shores of Lake Bohinj.
7
Day walking on the Pokljuka Plateau (1300m)
8
End Radovljica.
2015
AUSTRIA
anke
3
Walk in the heart of the Julian Alps l Visit the picturesque Pokljuka Plateau l Traditional alpine pension
Dates & Price Guide
2015
46
EUROPE • SLOVENIA
EUROPE • SLOVENIA
8 days land only
10
12
10
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
ACCOMMODATION
Pension Kunstelj
Dating back to the 15th century, our base
for the week is the pretty historic town
of Radovljica, located at the confluence
of the Sava Bohinjka and the Sava
Dolink Rivers. Panoramic views of the
surrounding peaks can be enjoyed from
Pension Kunstelj's sunny terrace, where
we will take breakfast and dinner each
day. The en suite rooms are simply
furnished, some with balconies or set
overlooking the gardens.
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
14
12
14
6
7
12
12
47
from
9 days land only
$1520
from
The UNESCO city of Dubrovnik
Croatia
$2000
Trekking in the Sutjeska National Park
EUROPE • CROATIA, BOSNIA & HERZEGOVINA, MONTENEGRO
EUROPE • CROATIA
8 days land only
Croatia, Bosnia & Herzegovina, Montenegro
Croatia: Islands & Mountains
3
Idyllic coastal and mountain paths l UNESCO town of Dubrovnik l Spectacular national parks
Activity Level
Enjoy the very best of Croatia, the coast and islands, the beautiful towns and near-perfect
national parks. Starting in the fascinating UNESCO city of Dubrovnik, we begin our journey
up the coast. The crystal clear sea will form the backdrop for many of our early walks,
followed by the peaceful sound of waterfalls as we head into the national parks of Paklenica
and Krka. Here we will have a chance to bathe in the Skradinski buk waterfalls and enjoy
walks around the Paklenica Gorge.
Trip Code
MODERATE
TVD
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
•
6 days walking with vehicle support
Luggage transported in private vehicle
Group normally 4 to 16 plus local leader. Min age 16 yrs
7 nights in 2 and 3-star hotels, all rooms en suite
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
23 May
30 May
06 Jun
20 Jun
29 Aug
05 Sep
19 Sep
30 May
06 Jun
13 Jun
27 Jun
05 Sep
12 Sep
26 Sep
4
Primeval forests l Bosnia's highest peak l Beautiful Dubrovnik, Sarajevo and Mostar
Activity Level
Bosnia & Herzegovina is a beautiful country with swathes of rugged wilderness. The
Sutjeska National Park is one such area and boasts one of Europe's last primeval forests, as
well as the mighty Durmitor Mountains. This itinerary includes all the essential elements:
ascending Bosnia's highest peak, Maglic Mountain, passing hidden waterfalls and glacial
lakes and heading into the Perucica Forest. The trip also includes time for sightseeing in the
beautiful cities of Dubrovnik, in Croatia, and Sarajevo and Mostar.
Trip Code
TVH
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
•
5 days point-to point and circular walks
Full porterage throughout
Group normally 5 to 15, plus leaders. Min age 16 yrs
8 nights hotels, all with en suite facilities
Dates & Price Guide
2015
Start Dubrovnik.
2
Transfer to the village of Gornji Obod, walk the Roland Brown
Path to the village of Velji Do; return to Dubrovnik for a free
afternoon.
Zadar
BOSNIA
Krka N.P.
Split
CROATIA
Makarska
Brac
Bol
walking areas
Dubrovnik
Adriatic Sea
Mhanici
END
26 Jun
24 Jul
07 Aug
21 Aug
04 Sep
18 Sep
3
Transfer up the coast to the Biokovo massif; walk above the
town of Makarska; transfer to Bol on the Island of Brac.
4
Climb Vidova Gora for views over Bol and Zlatni Rat, the
Golden Beach; afternoon to relax on the beach.
5
Catch the ferry to Split and enjoy a couple of hours exploring
the old town before transferring to Krka N.P.; bathe in the
Skradinski buk waterfalls.
6
Velika Paklenica N.P. Gorge walk via the Mirila Graves and
Tomici Village.
7
Another day in the wonderful wilderness of Paklenica N.P.;
walk to a meadow beneath Bojin Kuk peak before returning
to Starigrad Paklenica for the evening.
1
Start Dubrovnik.
2
Transfer to Sutjeska N.P. Walk to Donje Bare Lake, then
through beech forest to summit of Ugljesin Peak (1858m),
with magnificent views of the Zelengora peaks.
3
Peaceful walk through the ancient beech and spruce forest
of Perucica.
4
Ascent of Maglic Mountain (2386m); walk over the border to
Trnovacko Lake in Montenegro before returning to the hotel.
5
Transfer to Sarajevo; city tour and free time to explore.
6
Walk in the Bjelasnica mountains with time to explore
Lukomir, Bosnia's highest village (1469m).
Velika
Paklenica N.P.
START
18 Jun
16 Jul
30 Jul
13 Aug
27 Aug
10 Sep
2015
1
Starigrad
Walking in Bosnia & Herzegovina
“We had a
wonderful time,
met some lovely
people, saw some
fantastic places,
and enjoyed Croatia
immensely.”
8
walking
areas
Sarajevo
BOSNIA
SERBIA
Lukomir
Bjelasnica
Mostar
Trebinje
Sutjeska N.P.
Maglic
MONTENEGRO
Dubrovnik
Bus transfer to Zadar airport; end Zadar.
CROATIA
Adriatic Sea
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
7
11
13
5
6
7
4
12
12
ACCOMMODATION
Accommodation on this trip is en suite
and conveniently located so you can
explore the local area in your free
time. It ranges from relatively simple
accommodation in the Sutjeska Park
to the Hotel Hecco in Sarajevo, in the
old oriental trading quarter of the city.
The accommodation in Dubrovnik is
only 300m from the main beach and
a short bus ride away from the historic
drawbridge and the narrow, charming
streets of the walled city.
7
Half day walk through the beautiful Rakitnica Canyon, or
optional rafting along the Neretva River; transfer to Mostar.
8
Morning in Mostar, visit famous Old Bridge; afternoon transfer
to Dubrovnik.
9
End Dubrovnik.
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
9
6
7
7
7
8
14
Lynda Pritchard
48
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
49
from
8 days land only
$1330
Descending from the Malyovitsa Ridge
8 days land only
$1240
from
from
Bran Castle
Bulgaria
Bulgaria
Romania
Bulgarian National Parks
Bulgaria: Rodopi Mountains
Carpathian Walking & Bears
Trek spectacular mountain landscapes l Admire traditional architecture
The south-western region of Bulgaria is dominated by the Pirin and Rila
Mountain ranges providing the perfect terrain for a week of challenging
walking. Here we trek through ancient forests of pine, across glacial moraines
and attempt the ascent of two of the regions highest peaks; Vihren and
Musala. The UNESCO World Heritage listed Rila Monastery built in the 10th
century is another highlight, along with some free time in the historic
capital, Sofia.
The Rodopi Mountains are a wonderfully remote and beautful region of
southern Bulgaria. They are a place of solitude and simplicity, where you
are more likely to encounter wild animals than other walkers. We will pass
through a variety of landscapes of ancient coniferous forest, rugged limestone
gorges and pass remote timeless villages where we will experience the
traditional rural way of life. The mountains offer a refuge for many rare plants,
as well as brown bears, wolves, wild cats and bird life.
5
1
Start Bansko.
CHALLENGING
TVB
Trip Code
2/3 Two daywalks in the Pirin Mountains,
including an ascent of Mt Vihren
(2914m).
4
Transfer to Rila Monastery, walk in
surrounding forests.
5
Hike across the Rila Mountains to the
Malyovista region.
6
Ascent of Mt Malyovitsa (2729m).
7
Ascent of Mt Musala (2925m); transfer
to Sofia.
8
Activity Level
End Sofia.
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
6 days walking with light backpacking
Altitude max 2925m, average 2000m
Group normally 5 to 16, plus local
dinners included
3
1
Start Sofia; transfer to Yagodina.
Trip Code
2
Walk along the flank of Buinovo Gorge,
then continue through the Kastrakli
Nature Reserve.
At a Glance
3
4
5
6
END
2015
trekking
Malyovitsa
Govedartsi
04 Jul
11 Jul
18 Jul
25 Jul
01 Aug
08 Aug
29 Aug
05 Sep
(see page 11).
7
BULGARIA
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
15
8
4
5
6
7
Activity Level
Dates & Price Guide
START
8
Walk from Zmeitsa along route of ancient
Roman road through meadows, forests
and fields to the Buinovo Gorge.
Walk along the Chairska Gorge; cross
the Trigrad Plateau and visit the Devil's
Throat Cave.
Walk around Mt Durdaga through a
variety of habitats with rich flora and
fauna.
Ascend Mt Sveti Iliya (1508m) for
panoramic views over Yagodina and
most of the Rodopi Mountains; visit the
Yagodina Cave.
Follow ancient trackway via forests and
over rocky outcrops into the Buinovo
Gorge; drive to Devin for riverside walk
along the picturesque valley of the
Devinska Reka; transfer to Sofia.
MODERATE
TDB
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
2015
09 May
13 Jun
25 Jul
22 Aug
12 Sep
Activity Level
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
END
FLIGHT
INC
23 May
06 Jun
20 Jun
04 Jul
18 Jul
30 May
13 Jun
27 Jun
11 Jul
25 Jul
21 May
04 Jun
18 Jun
02 Jul
16 Jul
28 May
11 Jun
25 Jun
09 Jul
23 Jul
60 km
We have the option to go in search
of bears one evening. We are taken
to a wooden hide in the forest from
where there are good chances of
spotting numerous Brown bears
(though, as with all wildlife, there are
no guarantees). This is organised by
the park authorities and is paid for
locally (£40).
Carpathians
Bran
Magura
Buinovo Gorge
40
06 Aug
27 Aug
03 Sep
24 Sep
08 Oct
Transylvanian Alps
Piatra
Craiului
Mountains
Brasov
Bucegi
Mountains
Bucharest
walking areas
20
30 Jul
20 Aug
27 Aug
17 Sep
01 Oct
ROMANIA
16
0
08 Aug
22 Aug
29 Aug
26 Sep
10 Oct
LAND
ONLY
BEAR HIDES
(see page 11).
12
13
01 Aug
15 Aug
22 Aug
19 Sep
03 Oct
FLIGHT
INC
to/from
Sofia
5
6
7
END
2016
BULGARIA
12
13
15
START
Kastrakli Reserve
Mt Durdaga
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
50
•
•
•
•
•
•
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
10
15
5
7
WVR
7 nights at the Villa Hermani
1
Start Bucharest; transfer to guesthouse at the foot of
the Carpathian Mountains.
2
Daywalk visiting Kalibash villages and bat cave. Evening
bear watching (optional).
3
Hike through alpine pastures to Coja and Pestera.
4
Bear sanctuary, hike to Vulcan.
5
Bucegi Massif's high alpine trail.
6
Dracula's Castle, Brasov; discover local birdlife.
7
Horse-drawn cart and hike through valleys and ridges, forests
and meadows to Barza Fierului and Polana Marului.
8
End Bucharest.
2015
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
LAND
ONLY
MODERATE
At a Glance
16 May
20 Jun
01 Aug
29 Aug
19 Sep
End Sofia.
3
Explore one of Europe's last wildernesses l Observe bears close-up l Discover rich folklore
History and geography conspired to make Transylvania one of Europe's most beautifully wild
and fascinating regions. For centuries the locals have existed in harmony with a variety of
wildlife, including Europe's highest concentration of bears, wolves and lynx. Meanwhile, the
dense forests have remained largely untouched. Our days are spent walking along mountain
trails, through spectacular canyons, ancient forests and Saxon villages, encountering
shepherds and horse-drawn carts. We go looking for bears and explore the mediaeval town
of Brasov as well as Bran castle, best known as the residence of Count Dracula.
START
• 6 days centre-based walking
• Group normally 5 to 16 plus local
7 dinners included
22
12
12
$1480
Views across the Rodopi Mountains
Ascend Bulgaria's two highest peaks l Visit Rila Monastery
EUROPE • ROMANIA
EUROPE • BULGARIA
8 days land only
“The countryside and
wildlife are stunning, the
people were friendly.
The walking was varied
and I loved Bran castle.”
Katherine Burke, June 2014
12
20
8
51
from
9 days land only
$1430
from
The Albanian Alps
Albania, Kosovo
3
Rugged mountains and rural pastures l Visit Berat, 'City of Windows' l Traditional culture and folklore
Activity Level
This fascinating, lesser-known Mediterranean country has a wild and rugged landscape.
Agricultural life has remained unchanged for decades and UNESCO World Heritage Sites
reveal the diverse heritage of a hospitable nation. Our circular route is focussed mainly on
the remote north of the country and encompasses the picturesque Theth and Valbonë
regions of the Albanian Alps, where some of the best walking in the country can be found.
A short visit to Kosovo, and time to discover historic Berat only add to the highlights.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
24 Jun
15 Jul
26 Aug
09 Sep
23 Sep
$1330
Trekking on the high peaks of the Polish Tatras
Poland, Slovakia
Walking in Albania
16 Jun
07 Jul
18 Aug
01 Sep
15 Sep
EUROPE • POLAND, SLOVAKIA
EUROPE • ALBANIA, KOSOVO
9 days land only
2015
MODERATE
TVZ
At a Glance
• 3 full day walks, 4 half-day walks, 1 optional half-day
walk with full porterage where necessary
• Sightseeing in Prizren, Berat and Tirana
• Group normally 5 to 16, plus local leader(s).
Min age 16 yrs
• 2 nights mountain guesthouse, 2 nights alpine hotel,
4 nights 3 or 4-star hotels
Trek the Polish High Tatras
Activity Level
The High Tatra mountains are among the most rugged and spectacular in Europe, part of
the granite Carpathian Range, rising to almost 2500m. The dramatic scenery, combined
with a sophisticated network of footpaths, makes it a popular walking destination. We trek
through valleys, past lakes and over ridges before the final test, a tough ascent of Rysy
(2499m), the highest mountain in Poland. From the top of this scramble we gain a dramatic
360 degree view of more than 100 peaks. The walking is hard but rewarding, the terrain
tough but beautiful, and the mountain huts basic but friendly, clean and welcoming. At the
end of the trip we enjoy the delights of Krakow, Poland's most fascinating city.
Trip Code
1
• Optional single supplement $210 (excludes days 2 and 3)
•
START
END
2015
Fly to Tirana.
2
Drive via Skodër and Rozafa Castle to Theth; short walk
around the village.
3
Walk to Grunas waterfall, Nderlyse, and the 'Blue Eye of Kapre'.
4
Trek over a pass and via Rragam village to Valbonë, home
of Albanian folk culture.
5
Follow a route below Rosi Peak, passing through forest to
the 'White Circle'; traditional folklore evening.
6
Short walk to Xhema Lake; drive via the Ottoman city of
Prizren in Kosovo to Rubik village.
18 Jul
22 Aug
12 Sep
26 Sep
CHALLENGING/TOUGH
TVT
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
6 days point-to-point trekking
Not recommended for severe vertigo sufferers
3 nights en suite pensions and 5 nights standard
mountain huts
Dates & Price Guide
6
Summit Poland's highest mountain l Spend a night in Zakopane l Discover the splendour of Krakow
26 Jul
30 Aug
20 Sep
04 Oct
1
Start Zakopane.
2
Short bus ride to Tatra National Park; walk past limestone
gorges and caves to Ornak, time permitting head to Ornak
summit and Raczkowa Pass.
3
Tough trek to the summit of Ciemniak with fantastic views;
descend the Dolina Kondratowa to the Kalatowki Hut.
4
Long climb to summit of Mt Kasprowy; descend to the
Murowaniec Hut.
5
Through the 'Valley of the five Polish lakes' to Roztoka.
6
Ascend Mt Rysy (2499m) from the Polish side and descend
on the Slovak side. The splendid views from the top will make
the effort more than worthwhile.
7
Short descent down the Dolina Rybiego Potoku. Transfer to
historic city of Krakow.
8
Free day in Krakow.
9
End Krakow.
P F
KOSOVO
Thethi N.P.
Valbona
N.P.
Prizren
POLAND
Shkoder
Rubik
Adriatic
Sea
7
Walk towards Vela Mountain; afternoon continue to UNESCO
site of Berat visiting Ardenica Monastery en route.
8
Explore historic Berat and Elbasan; transfer and walk to
Pëllumbas Cave; on to Ibe village.
9
Optional walk or Tirana city tour; end Tirana.
Tirana
Ibe
Ardenice
Elbasan
ALBANIA
Berat
walking
areas
52
ACCOMMODATION
In Tirana we stay in a comfortable city
centre hotel within walking distance of
Skanderbeg Square. Accommodation
in the mountains is in charming yet
rustic guesthouses/alpine hotels; our
two nights in Theth are in quad rooms
with shared bathrooms. In Rubik and
Berat we stay in 3-star hotels, and our
last night in Ibe village is in a beautiful
4-star resort.
from/to
Krakow
trekking
Zakopane
Kiry
Kasprowy
Rysy
High Tatras
SLOVAKIA
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
5
5
11
14
15
6
7
8
6
8
4
“A superb holiday
with challenging
walking, varied
views, excellent
huts, a good group
and a first-class
leader!”
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
12
20
5
6
16
14
16
Daniel Rafferty
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
53
from
8 days land only
$1050
from
En route from Yayla Kuzdere to Beycik
Turkey
Secluded bay near to Kaş
Activity Level
This varied trek follows the highest and most rugged section of the Lycian Way, Turkey’s
most famous long distance footpath which stretches from Fethiye to Antalya and covers
500km. The route snakes along dramatic coastline and offers spectacular cliff top views
and ancient ruins before reaching the limestone peaks of Mt Olympos (2365m). This ascent
is a real highlight, offering superb views from the summit ridge, before descending to the
spectacular beach of Adrasan, making for a varied week’s walking in Turkey.
Trip Code
START
END
18 Apr
02 May
16 May
30 May
20 Jun
12 Sep
19 Sep
26 Sep
25 Apr
09 May
23 May
06 Jun
27 Jun
19 Sep
26 Sep
03 Oct
Walking the Turquoise Coast
4
Cliff top views and coastal walks l See Turkey's cultural heritage l Summit Mt Olympos
Dates & Price Guide
TTL
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
5 days point-to-point walking; 1 free day
Mix of coastal, inland and mountain trails
Group normally 5 to 16, plus leader.
Min age 16 yrs
• 6 nights simple pensions, 1 night village house,
all rooms en suite
• All breakfasts and 1 dinner included
2015
1
Start Ovacik.
2
Walk from Ovacik to Kuzdere village, overnight village house.
3
Yayla Kuzdere to Beycik via Olympos Mountain; with the
option to summit or just go over the ridge.
TURKEY
4
Walk the trail from Beycik to Cirali via Ulupinar.
5
Free day to relax and enjoy the long sandy beach at Cirali.
6
Visit ruins of ancient Olympos, climb over saddle of Musa
Dag (Moses Mountain) to coastal village of Adrasan.
7
Adrasan to Cape Gelidonia and the famous lighthouse and
on to Karaoz; transfer to Antalya.
8
End Antalya.
Antalya
LYCIA
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
04 May
11 May
25 May
08 Jun
15 Jun
29 Jun
13 Jul
07 Sep
14 Sep
21 Sep
28 Sep
05 Oct
12 Oct
11 May
18 May
01 Jun
15 Jun
22 Jun
06 Jul
20 Jul
14 Sep
21 Sep
28 Sep
05 Oct
12 Oct
19 Oct
Goynuk
Mt Olympos
Beycik
Cirali
Olympos
Adrasan
We spend 6 nights in simple hotels
and pensions, all providing comfortable
en suite accommodation. One night
is spent in a simple but comfortable
village house with shared facilities
offering an authentic rural Turkish
experience.
1
Start Kaş.
2
Morning orientation tour of Kaş followed by a walk through
the olive groves to Limanagzi beach.
3
Daywalk in the hills above the town or optional full day
sea kayaking.
4
Cavdir to Usumlu village walk, following Roman aqueduct,
still in use in places.
5
Explore ruined city of Arycanda; afternoon walk to mountain
village of Yazir.
6
Daywalk in Patara National Park, including the recently
excavated Roman port town, and the superb beach.
7
Free day; optional activities including diving and paragliding
or local exploration.
8
End Kaş.
P F
P F
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
19
14
PREMIUM DEPARTURES
6
7
20
17
Dalaman
TURKEY
LYCIA
Fethiye
20
Arycanda
Patara
Mediterranean Sea
Kaş
Kastellorizon
P Premium departure
Solo departure
Kekova
F Family departure
On Premium departures we usually
stay in a new luxury 4-star boutique
hotel with stunning views, a bar and
private beach platform. All rooms are
air conditioned with en suite facilities.
See Date & Price Guide for selected
departures.
TTD
Good paths and easy terrain
P F
P F
Cape Gelidonia
Mediterranean Sea
•
•
•
•
•
•
P F
P F
•
LEISURELY/MODERATE
At a Glance
ACCOMMODATION
Ovacik
Kuzdere
2
Activity Level
Turkey's Turquoise Coast offers an alluring combination of beautiful scenery and ancient
sites with some fine coastal and inland walking on the many trails in the area, including
sections of the famed Lycian Way. Highlights include the ruined city of Arycanda, the chance
to kayak in the clear, blue waters, and some fantastic coastal views. For those looking
for futher adventure there are optional activities including SCUBA diving, paragliding or
mountain biking. Alternatively you can choose a more leisurely pace and enjoy a sunset
drink in one of the pretty harbourside cafes.
2015
P F
PREMIUM DEPARTURES
Glorious coastline and varied trails l Explore ancient ruins l Relax in beautiful surroundings
54
$730
Turkey
Walking the Lycian Way
walking
EUROPE • TURKEY
EUROPE • TURKEY
8 days land only
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
10
12
5
6
9
10
8
55
from
8 days land only
$950
from
High peaks of the Taurus Mountains
Turkey
$1330
Fairy chimney rock formations, near Goreme
Turkey
Taurus Mountains Trek
5
Turkish wilderness l Rugged passes and spectacular views l Porterage throughout
Activity Level
The Taurus Mountains form a chain that runs parallel to the Mediterranean coast from Lake
Egridir in the west to the upper reaches of the Euphrates River in the east. The area offers
fantastic trekking opportunities, with jagged limestone peaks on the northern flanks and
pine, cedar, oak and juniper clad reaches to the south. Snowcapped in the winter, its far
corners become accessible over the summer whilst nomads seeking out the high lakes and
pastures to graze their goats and sheep.
Trip Code
CHALLENGING
TTT
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
•
6 days point-to-point trekking with porterage
Luggage transported on mules
2 nights hotel with en suite facilities, 5 nights camping
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
06 Jun
13 Jun
27 Jun
05 Sep
19 Sep
13 Jun
20 Jun
04 Jul
12 Sep
26 Sep
Walking in Cappadocia
3
Trek past fairytale chimneys I Discover the regions’ history and culture I Visit Kaymakli underground city
Activity Level
Turkey has long been underrated as a trekking destination, but with the fairytale rock
formations of Cappadocia to enchant visitors, it should not be overlooked. The area’s
unique landscape was formed by the eruptions of three volcanoes: Mt Erciyes, Mt Hasan
and Mt Melendiz, which have created one of the most distinctive landscapes in the world.
The great walking, friendly people, history and staggering scenery of this region make
for a highly memorable trip.
Trip Code
MODERATE
TTG
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
•
Vehicle support provided
Dates & Price Guide
2015
Start Cavusin.
2
Begin our trek from Cukurbag village to Emli Valley.
3
Ascend the Emli Valley and trek to the high pastures of
Eznevit Yaylasi.
4
Cross the rugged Celikbuyduran Pass to Yedigoller Plateau
(Seven Lakes) at 3020m.
5
Kayseri
6
Erciyes
Dag
Kaymakli
underground city
TURKEY
Cukurbag
Kizilkaya
s
uru s
Ta ntain
u
Mo
Demirkazik
Embler
Yedi Goller
Comcegolu Lake
END
25 Apr
06 Jun
13 Jun
27 Jun
05 Sep
12 Sep
19 Sep
10 Oct
17 Oct
Beautiful walk to Comcegolu Lake and through the Akcay
Valley to Tekkekalesi pass.
Trek to Karagol Lake, where the brave can enjoy a wellearned swim. Transfer to Kayseri.
8
End Kayseri.
Goreme
Valley
If you book Taurus Mountains
Trek back to back with Walking in
Cappadocia (Trip code: TTG on the
opposite page) you can claim $100 off
your total trip price. Please note that
Walking in Cappadocia is set at a more
moderate walking grade, so you may
wish to use it as a warm up week for
this trip.
2
3
4
6
15
14
5
6
7
7
18
Start Cavusin.
2
Trek through Akvadi (White Valley) and visit Uchisar Citadel,
the highest point in Cappadocia.
3
Transfer to Kavak village; walk through the Gomede Valley
from villages of Bahceli to Mustafapasa.
4
Explore the beautiful rock formations of the Pancarlik and
Kizilcukur (Red) Valley.
5
Walk through Pasabaglari (Monks) Valley. Trek up Bozdag,
the highest point in the area offering stunning views.
6
Visit the underground city of Kaymakli. Afternoon walk
through the Ihlara Valley, the deepest, longest canyon in
Cappadocia.
7
Walk along the Zindanonu Valley passing the Goreme open
air museum with carved caves and Byzantine frescoes.
8
End Cavusin.
Kayseri
Uchisar
Kaymakli
underground city
Daily Distance (km)
COMBINATION TRIP
1
Cavusin
Ala
Daglari
Demirkazik
Free day for optional walks in the area or a chance to ascend
Mount Embler at 3723m.
7
CAPPADOCIA
trekking
START
18 Apr
30 May
06 Jun
20 Jun
29 Aug
05 Sep
12 Sep
03 Oct
10 Oct
2015
1
56
EUROPE • TURKEY
EUROPE • TURKEY
8 days land only
Ilhara
Valley
Erciyes
Dag
Kavak
walking areas
TURKEY
CAPPADOCIA
14
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
ACCOMMODATION
On this trip we usually stay at the 3-star
Green Hotel. Nestled in the quiet village
of Cavusin, this hotel offers modern
comforts whilst preserving the traditional
features that are unique to the region.
All rooms en suite, and a restaurant that
offers a delicious array of local cuisine, is
hewn out the rock in typical Cappadocian
fashion. Relaxing under the shade of
the trees on the terrace, this hotel is the
perfect place to unwind each evening
after a day of trekking.
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
10
12
7
5
6
7
5
14
3
57
from
8 days land only
$1200
from
$1390
Coastal walk on Evia
Greece
3
Discover an authentic Greek island l Dramatic coastline and remote villages l Delicious traditional cuisine
Activity Level
The delightful island of Evia is a real hidden treasure, with old stone paths connecting
quaint villages tucked away on the slopes of the mountains. This walkers' paradise is little
known outside of Greece and offers unique history and culture, an authentic atmosphere
and the hospitality of the local towns and villages. We visit Roman quarries and aqueducts,
Byzantine churches and Frankish castles and, in the summer months, we end the days
swimming at deserted beaches and coves. We enjoy five daywalks on the island, taking
in the wonderful scenery. Traditional tavernas and waterfront ouzo-meze shops make
eating and drinking here a wonderful experience.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
END
START
END
2015
22 Feb
22 Mar
05 Apr
19 Apr
03 May
17 May
07 Jun
21 Jun
01 Mar
29 Mar
12 Apr
26 Apr
10 May
24 May
14 Jun
28 Jun
30 Aug
13 Sep
27 Sep
04 Oct
18 Oct
08 Nov
20 Dec
27 Dec
06 Sep
20 Sep
04 Oct
11 Oct
25 Oct
15 Nov
27 Dec
03 Jan
•
•
•
•
•
•
Skiros
Gu
Mt.
Kliosi
lf o
f Evi
a
Mt.
Ohi
Rafina
Athens
walking areas
Walking on the Greek Islands
Activity Level
The Greek islands have much more to offer than most would think: archaeological
treasures, history, culture, dramatic landscapes over an azure coloured sea and of
course delicious food. Our week starts on the beautiful island of Paros, before heading to
Santorini and Naxos. Exploring the irresistible island of Santorini on foot will certainly be
the highlight of our week. Hopping from one wonderful island to the other, we enjoy a
relaxed week of gentle walks through picturesque villages, lush valleys and sandy beaches.
Trip Code
Kalliani
Petali Karystos
Islands
Hotel Galaxy **
Our base is the hotel Galaxy in
Karystos, which has been run by
the same family for over 30 years.
It is located at the east end of the
promenade, just 100m from the main
square and town centre and 50m
from the nearest beach. Rooms are
comfortable and clean, with en suite
facilities, air conditioning and balcony.
LEISURELY
TEJ
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
•
3 full days and 2 half days walking on 3 islands
Travel by public transport, boat/ferry and coach
Group normally 4 to 18 plus leader. Min age 16 yrs
7 nights 2 and 3-star hotels, all rooms en suite
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
12 Apr
26 Apr
10 May
24 May
31 May
14 Jun
06 Sep
20 Sep
27 Sep
11 Oct
25 Oct
19 Apr
03 May
17 May
31 May
07 Jun
21 Jun
13 Sep
27 Sep
04 Oct
18 Oct
01 Nov
2015
1
Start Athens; transfer to Rafina; ferry to Evia.
2
Walk through rolling hills, villages and castles.
3
Explore rural hamlets, wild flower meadows and rivers.
4
Ascend Mount Kliosi and the Acropolis of Styra.
5
Gorge walk from Mt Ohi down to the rugged East
Aegean coast.
Relax on the beach or wander around Karystos, a thriving
market town. Alternatively hike along the Karystian bay or the
picturesque countryside of the bay of Marmari.
7
Walk through chestnut forests, misty peaks and discover the
ancient ruins on Mount Ochi.
8
Ferry to Rafina; end Athens.
2
3
4
16
15
14
Rafina
Athens
Andros
GREECE
5
7
14
18
1
Start Athens; afternoon ferry to Paros.
2
Walk the ancient paths in the heart of Paros, from Lefkes
to Prodromos and the coastal villages of Marpissa and
Pisso Livadhi.
3
Morning visit to the famous Ekatontapiliani Cathedral,
one of the oldest in Europe. Midday ferry to Santorini.
4
Walk along the caldera all the way from Thira to Oia.
5
Morning walk to the volcano in Santorini. Afternoon ferry
to Naxos.
Daily Distance (km)
ACCOMMODATION
1
Discover three idyllic islands l Enjoy gentle walks l Relax on beautiful beaches
Tinos
Aegean
Sea
Evia
GREECE
TVE
Between 5 and 6 hours walking per day
6
MODERATE
At a Glance
58
Views of Santorini
Greece
Mountains & Villages of Evia
START
EUROPE • GREECE
EUROPE • GREECE
8 days land only
Paros
Aegean
Sea
Naxos
Milos
walking areas
P Premium departure
Thira (Santorini)
0
20
Solo departure
40
60
80 km
F Family departure
“An excellent trip,
with some lovely
walking, tasty food
and good wine!”
6
Walk in the Tragea Valley, full of olive trees and citrus orchards.
7
Walk through the mountainous heart of the island, below
Mt Zas, from Filoti to Apiranthos, a mediaeval village on
Naxos' high plateau.
8
End Athens.
Daily Distance (km)
2
4
5
10
12
6
7
10
10
3
Karen Lane
59
from
8 days land only
$1110
from
View from St Hilarion Castle, North Cyprus
Cyprus
Walking in North Cyprus
PREMIUM
2
Admire dramatic vistas l Explore crusader castles l Comfortable 4-star hotel
Activity Level
North Cyprus remains a hidden gem of the Mediterranean, far less visited and less well
known since separation in 1974. Thanks to the abundance of archaeological remains
from many civilisations that inhabited the area over the centuries, it is considered the
most beautiful and historically interesting part of the island. With superb walking through
unspoilt areas teeming with flowers and wildlife, plus the chance to experience the relaxed
local Turkish Cypriot culture, this is a walking and sightseeing tour not to be missed.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
14 Feb
14 Mar
11 Apr
05 Sep
17 Oct
19 Dec
21 Feb
21 Mar
18 Apr
12 Sep
24 Oct
26 Dec
LEISURELY/MODERATE
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
5 days centre-based walking and sightseeing, 1 free day
All breakfasts and 5 lunches included
Direct flights from London
2015
P
P
P
P
P
P
F
F
F
F
F
F
1
Start Kyrenia.
2
Transfer to Bellapais and walk to Kyrenia; visit the
crusader castle.
3
Transfer to the ancient hermitage site of St Hilarion Castle;
walk to Malatya village.
Kyrenia/Girne
Kantara
Antiphontis
St Hilarion BuffaArmenian
Salamis
vento Monastery
Famagusta
Nicosia/
Lefkosa
CYPRUS
Larnaca
4
Visit Buffavento Castle for magnificent views; walk to
Bellapais village.
5
Free day to relax or take an optional excursion to Famagusta.
6
To the Karpas peninsula; visit Apostolos Andreas Monastery,
Incirli cave and walk from Kantara Castle to Kaplica beach.
7
Spend a day in the Five Finger Mountains; visit the
Herbarium of Alevkaya and Kyrenia Rock.
8
End Kyrenia.
ACCOMMODATION
0
20
40
Daily Distance (km)
60
5
11
10
6
7
10
12
60 km
Hotel Pia Bella ****
This lovely hotel is nestled in a quiet
spot away from the noise of the city
centre. Just a short walk to the bars
and restaurants of atmospheric
Kyrenia harbour, all rooms are en suite
with satellite tv, telephone and air
conditioning. The property boasts 2
swimming pools, a jacuzzi, tranquil
gardens and Wi-Fi in communal areas.
“The Cypriot food was
excellent and copious.
Top marks for the
packed lunches!”
14 days land only
$3420
from
$4370
Molden Peak overlooking Sognefjord
The Gjain Valley
Norway
Iceland
Walking The Fjords
Iceland Walking Explorer
Incredible fjord landscapes l Boat trip on glacial lake
Volcanic landscape l Glaciers, mountains and mighty waterfalls
Fjord Norway is a landscape born from violence; yet the artistry of nature
leaves a world etched with beauty, carved by centuries of grinding glacial
arms. The thunder of cascading waterfalls remains a constant companion
as we set off on foot to explore birch forests, climb to panoramic views
and immerse ourselves in one of the most beautiful and tranquil places
on the planet.
This full-circuit itinerary includes five of the best walking areas in Iceland. We
start in Thorsmork Valley exploring the new craters from the Eyafjallajokull
eruption, before heading to Vatnajokull National Park. We also trek the
mountains of the eastern fjords and the lunar-like Lake Myvatn landscape
of pseudo craters, lavafields and plentiful hot springs. Finally, we move to
Kerlingarfjoll Volcano in the central highlands and within sight of the massive
Hofsjokull Ice Cap.
3
Activity Level
Start Bergen.
Trip Code
2
Short sightseeing tour of Bergen; bus
and ferry to Lustrafjord.
At a Glance
3
Warm-up walk to Molden Peak (1116m),
excellent viewpoint for Sognefjord;
optional visit to UNESCO-listed Urnes
Stave church.
•
•
•
•
4
5
Full daywalk in Breheimen N.P., known
as the 'Home of the Glaciers', from
Vigdal to Navarsete hut.
Bus to Nigardsbreen Glacier (part of
Jostedalsbreen Icecap); walk and boat
trip on glacial lake; optional glacier walk.
6
Daywalk in spectacular Jotunheim
National Park.
7
Hike into Mørkrisdalen Valley.
8
Bus and ferry back to Bergen;
end Bergen.
3
4
5
5
10
6
6
7
Excellent photographic opportunities
• 1 night 3-star hotel, 6 nights guest
house accommodation
6 dinners included
START
END
2015
28 Jun
05 Jul
30 Aug
05 Jul
12 Jul
06 Sep
(see page 9).
Jostedalsbreen
Nigardsbreen
Glacier
NORWAY
Molden
Sognefjord
Vangsnes
Bergen
Jotunheimen
Luster
Lustrafjord
Naeroyfjord
Gudvangen
walking areas
ferries
Activity Level
1
Start Reykjavik.
Trip Code
2
Drive to Thorsmork Valley via
Seljalandsfoss Waterfall.
At a Glance
3
Hike to the newly created craters and
lavafields.
4
Drive to Skaftafell National Park via
Skogafoss Waterfall and the Dyrholaey
promontory.
5
Hike to summit of Kristinartindar for
astounding views.
6
Travel to Bakkagerdi village, stopping at
the Jokulsarlon Glacial Lagoon and Hofn.
7
Hike to Storurd in the Dyrfjoll Mountains.
8
Drive to Lake Myvatn via Dettifoss
Waterfall; explore Hverfjall Crater and
Dimmuborgir Lavafield.
Dates & Price Guide
9
13
Mark Ellerby
3
MODERATE
TSH
1
Daily Distance (km)
Mediterraean Sea
2
3
4
TEU
EUROPE • NORWAY, ICELAND
EUROPE • CYPRUS
8 days land only
P Fdeparture
P
Solo
F Family departure
TSF
•
•
•
•
4 days and 2 half days walking
Full porterage
Group normally 7 to 16, plus leader.
Min age 16 yrs
• 10 nights fixed camping, 3 nights hotel
dinners included
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
2015
11 Full daywalk in the Kerlingarfjoll Mountains.
06 Jun*
19 Jun
20 Jun*
03 Jul
18 Jul
31 Jul
01 Aug
14 Aug
15 Aug
28 Aug
(see page 9).
12 Visit Gullfoss Waterfall, Geysir and
Thingvellir; continue to Reykjavik.
• Optional single supplement $530 (includes single tent)
• *24 hour daylight
9
Full daywalk in volcanic Mt Krafla area.
10 Drive to Kerlingarfjoll; visit hot springs.
13 Free day in Reykjavik.
walking areas
14 End Reykjavik.
Akureyri
Daily Distance (km)
3
5
7
13
17
15
8
9
11
2
12
11
Mt Krafla Dettifoss
Lake
Myvatn
ICELAND
Bakkagerdi
Dyrfjoll
Langjokull
Ice-Cap
Thingvellir
Reykjavik
Keflavik
P Premium
F
departure
MODERATE
Kerlingarfjoll Vatnajokull
Ice-Cap
Kristinartindar
Hofn
Gullfoss
Skaftafell
Jokulsarlon
Thorsmork
61
from
SELF-GUIDED • FRANCE
9 days land only
9 days land only
$1400
from
$1825
Self-Guided
Walking
With so much to absorb whilst seeing the world on foot it’s
sometimes best to literally take it all in you own stride. By
walking independently you are able to set your own pace and
plan the day around you and you alone. If you want to spend
that extra ten minutes at a view point; why not? Or spend
longer studying a colourful species of plant; you can – the day
is yours! And what’s more, we take care of the logistics of
luggage transportation for a hassle-free holiday.
??????????????? ??????????????????
France
France
Chateaux of the Loire
Chablis Vineyards Walk
Visit royal chateaux l Walk through vineyards
Visit Chablis' world-famous vineyards l Relaxed walks through rolling landscapes
This gentle-paced walking holiday offers the perfect balance of attractive
landscapes and cultural highlights, including some of the finest Renaissance
chateaux in France: Chambord, Cheverny and Chaumont. There's plenty to
discover, from the narrow streets of historic Amboise and Blois to the twists
and turns across rolling hills and vineyards. The places you'll stay in have
been hand-picked for their superb locations, atmospheric charm, excellent
cuisine and warm, friendly owners.
Starting in Auxerre, one of the prettiest cities in France, this gentle paced
ramble takes you through beautiful Burgundy - towpaths, river valleys and
wheat fields - as you head to the fortified mediaeval town of Vezelay. En
route, pass through vineyards, flower-filled hillsides, woods teeming with
wildlife and pretty riverside villages. Wine tasting opportunities and cellar
visits abound in the wine capital of Chablis.
1
Walking route notes
2
Transfer to Venoy and walk along the lake
at Beine past wine cellars to Chablis town.
At a Glance
At a Glance
3
Free day for wine tasting and exploration.
3
Free day in Blois.
4
To Chitenay with opportunities for
wine-tasting and visiting Chateau de
Beauregard en route.
• 3 days walking; 2 free days
• Low altitude and flat paths throughout
• Luggage transfer included, route
notes and maps provided
• Self-guided tour. Min age 12 yrs
• 6 nights 2 and 3-star hotels,
all rooms en suite
4
From Courgis viewpoint walk through
vineyards to St-Cyr-les-Colons and on
past Cavant to Vermenton.
5
Free day to explore the Vermenton and
the surrounding area.
LTL
Trip Code
5
Optional circular walk to Chateau de
Cheverny and Chateau de Troussay.
6
Riverside walk to Chaumont, passing
Chateau Fay and numerous hamlets en
route.
7
End Chaumont.
6
Train journey to Sermizelles; follow part of
the Camino de Santiago route to Vézelay.
7
Free day to explore mediaeval Vézelay.
8
Walk through the forest to Châtel-Censoir;
train to Auxerre.
9
End Auxerre.
Daily Distance (km)
2
4
Dates & Price Guide
22
6
18
17
Dates & Price Guide
(see page 11).
• Departs every other day from 11 May to 8 October 2015
• Land only prices from $1400
• Compulsory single supplement from $310
• Small group supplement may apply if less than
2 people (in total) booked on a departure
• Distances given are for longest recommended walking route
FRANCE
LOIRE
Blois
Chaumont
- sur-Loire
Chambord
ACCOMMODATION
The places you’ll stay in have
been hand-picked for their superb
locations, atmospheric charm,
excellent cuisine and warm,
friendly owners. These include
3-star properties in Chitenay
and Chaumont-sur-Loire and a
convenient 2-star hotel in Blois.
Cheverny
Tours
r
(see page 11).
• Departs every other day from 13 May to 20
September 2015
• Small group supplement may apply if less than 2
people (in total) booked on a departure
• Distances given are for longest recommended
walking route
15
16
6
8
LTR
ACCOMMODATION
Stay in charming 3-star hotels,
chosen for their fabulous settings
and delicious regional cuisine.
Favourites include a gastronomic
boutique hotel and a grand manor
house overlooking Vezelay’s basilica.
Auxerre
Chablis
Venoy
St-Cyr-les-Colons
FRANCE
Daily Distance (km)
2
4
LEISURELY/MODERATE
• 4 days walking; 3 free days
• Easy walking in undulating countryside
• 8 nights in 3-star or equivalent hotels,
all rooms en suite
BURGUNDY
Vermenton
28
14
Châtel-Censoir
Chitenay
Amboise
Che
1
Walking areas
re
62
Trip Code
LEISURELY
Cu
On each of our self-guided trips you are provided with
comprehensive route notes and a detailed map of the
area to ensure that the process of finding your next
accommodation is as easy as possible. Of course, there
is nothing to stop you from creating your own route but
these are designed to take the hassle out of route finding.
You will also be provided with a booklet crammed full of
helpful hints and information about the area so that you
don’t miss any of the highlights of the region.
Cross the Loire to Abbaye de la Guiche;
continue through the Royal Forest to Blois.
ire
We use a wide variety of comfortable accommodation
ranging from cosy, family-run hotels to charming inns and
farmhouses. All have en suite facilities and some feature
outdoor swimming pools.
Start Chaumont.
2
Lo
Accommodation
1
2
Activity Level
Start Auxerre.
Activity Level
Yonn
e
NEW
Semizelles
Walking areas
0
P Premium departure
20
40
Vezelay
60 km
Solo departure
F Family departure
63
from
8 days land only
$1670
from
Austria
PREMIUM
NEW
PREMIUM
Pine-clad hills and forest trails l Picturesque waterfront villages
Enjoy dramatic scenery l Discover Tyrolean hamlets
In the heart of the Dolomites, close to the border with Austria and dominated
by the famous Tre Cime (Three Peaks), is the beautiful Tyrolean village of
Dobbiaco. A week's walking from here allows you to discover the beauty and
sheer magnificence of the majestic Alta Pusteria Valley, an area renowned for
its jagged peaks and recognised by UNESCO as one of the most unique and
spectacular mountain environments in the world.
2
Activity Level
1
Start Bad Ischl.
2
Walk from Bad Ischl to Katrin summit;
continue past Nussen Lake and River
Traun to Strobl.
3
Free day for optional walks or activities
such as summer toboggan runs.
4
From Strobl walk along the shore of Lake
Wolfgang to St Gilgen.
5
Explore the town’s cafes or ride the
Zwolferhorn cable car.
6
Follow the Mozartsteig trail from St
Gilgen between the mountains to Fuschl.
7
Relax at Fuschlsee, one of the smallest
and prettiest of the Salzkammergut lakes.
8
9
3 free days
• Low altitude and well marked paths
• 8 nights in 4-star hotels, all rooms
en suite
We use 4-star luxury, family-run
hotels with wellness centres
throughout. In Bad Ischl, your
historic townhouse has two
swimming pools, massage room
and salt-healing caves. In Fuschl,
there is also a private beach with
jetty and lakeside gardens.
End Mondsee.
19
6
8
11
11
Dates & Price Guide
(see page 11).
• Departs every other day from 13 May to 20
September 2015
walking route
AUSTRIA
SALZKAMMERGUT
Mondsee
Y
Mondsee
Fuschlsee
Salzburg
Fuschl
Sankt Gilgen
Wolfgangsee
Bad Ischl
Strobl
Katrin
64
Activity Level
1
Start Dobbiaco.
2
Gentle walk through quaint Tyrolean hamlets.
3
Cable car to high Rotwand pastures. Hike to
refuge of Malga Nemes; descend to Moos.
4
Ascend to Bonner Hutte for views of the
Tre Cime.
5
Walk high mountain pastures and meadows
of Ampezzo N.P.; descend to Cortina.
6
Follow ridge along the border. Descend
to Klammbachhutte; continue to Moos.
7
Walk around the Tre Cime di Lavaredo
limestone towers.
8
End Dobbiaco.
Positano
15
17
13
LTD
5
6
7
16
14
17
The Amalfi Coast Self-Guided
Activity Level
On the beautiful Amalfi Coast, mountains rise steeply out of the Mediterranean and
picturesque towns nestle neatly in isolated coves. Our base in the tranquil village of
Bomerano, away from the crowds of the coastal towns, provides the perfect opportunity
to for walkers to discover the area. Following mule tracks and old paths through hillside
villages, lemon groves and beautiful deep gorges, you can explore stunning Ravello, follow
the ‘Walk of the Gods’ to Positano, and take in awesome views as far as the Sorrento
Peninsula, Bay of Naples and even the isle of Capri!
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
•
•
•
•
•
•
Unlimited travel on local buses and trains
Route notes and maps provided
Self-guided tour. Min age 12 yrs
7 nights 4-star hotel with spa,
all rooms en suite
• All breakfasts and dinners included
CAMPANIA
Vesuvius
Bay of
Naples
Ravello
Bomerano
Amalfi
t
Positano
Walking areas
This beautiful hotel is one of the
best in the area. It combines oldworld charm with warm hospitality
and facilities include a luxurious
spa with sauna, steam room and
swimming pool. You can also relax
in the cosy lounge or have a drink
in the bar.
ITALY
AUSTRIA
uste
ria
Dobbiaco
Monte Elmo
Croda Rossa
Cimabanche
Tofana
Moos
Tre Cime
di Lavaredo
Monte Cristallo
Cortina
Sorapis
0
20
40
A lot of steps on some walks
All breakfasts, 4 lunches and all dinners included
1
Start Bomerano.
2
Follow mule tracks and steps down to Amalfi; explore the
cathedral and town.
3
Walk to top of Monte Tre Calli for great wide-open views of
the coastline.
4
Walk the 'Path of the Gods' down to picturesque Positano.
5
Free day; optional trip to Pompeii or Capri.
6
Explore the Valle delle Ferriere National Park.
7
Walk from Amalfi to romantic Ravello.
8
End Bomerano.
i Coas
Amalf
Capri
0
10
20
30 km
ACCOMMODATION
Hotel Due Torri ***
ACCOMMODATION
Val
P
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Pompeii
• Departs any Saturday from 13 June to 26 September 2015
Park Hotel Bellevue ****
LTB
At a Glance
ITALY
Naples
LEISURELY/MODERATE
• Departs selected Saturdays from 07 February to 26 December 2015
Herculaneum
Dates & Price Guide
2
Amalfi, Ravello and Positano l Walk the Path of the Gods l Sample delicious local cuisine
At a Glance
(see page 11).
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
MODERATE
Trip Code
ACCOMMODATION
Optional Schober summit; walk through
forest and meadow trails to Mondsee.
14
LTG
At a Glance
Daily Distance (km)
2
4
3
LEISURELY/MODERATE
Trip Code
$1240
Italy
The Italian Dolomites
The Austrian Lakes area offers a glorious mix of spectacular views, forest
trails, picture-perfect villages and swimming opportunities galore! The walks
are relaxed, following mainly well marked routes, with options to extend
most days. Every stop brings new discoveries such as St Wolfgang's antique
cog railway to the summit of Schafberg, Mozart's museum in St Gilgen, plus
opportunities to enjoy regional speciality apfelstrudel!
from
Tyrolean Hamlet
Italy
Austrian Lakes Walk
8 days land only
$1480
Nussen Lake
SELF-GUIDED • ITALY
SELF-GUIDED • AUSTRIA , ITALY
9 days land only
60 k
Bomerano is a small village in the
municipality of Agerola. Set high
above the Amalfi Coast at approx.
700m, the village is quiet and
provides a relaxing retreat from the
busier towns by the sea, although
they are not far away. The family-run
hotel is well known for its great local
cuisine and welcoming atmosphere.
All rooms offer en suite facilities, airconditioning, Wi-Fi and the hotel has a
swimming pool.
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
10
9
10
6
7
10
13
“Delicious food,
beautiful walks and a
warm welcome the perfect holiday!”
Jim Carder
65
from
8 days land only
$2150
from
8 days land only
$1330
from
Benedectine monastery of Samos
Linderhof Palace
Germany
Spain
Camino de Santiago Independent
PREMIUM
3
Visit mediaeval monasteries l Embark on a cultural pilgrimage l Stay in converted Monastery
Activity Level
The Camino de Santiago de Compostela is one of the world's oldest pilgrimage routes;
in 1987 it was declared the first European Culture Route and since the discovery of Apostle
James' tomb here in the 9th century, the route has also been known as 'The Way of St
James'. The symbol of the scallop shell, typically found on the Galician shores, marks
the way. On completion of at least 100km of the route, it is a great tradition to receive
a certificate or ‘compostela’.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
•
•
•
•
Departs any Saturday from 4 April to 10 October 2015
Land only prices from $2150
Compulsory single supplement from $420
Small group supplement may apply if less than 2 people
(in total) booked on a departure
Santiago de
Compostela
Arzua
walking
O‘Cebreiro
Cruz de
Leon
Ferro
Molinaseca
40
80
LTS
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
9 days walking; average 5 hours per day
Well-signed cultural and historic route
Luggage transfer included, route notes and
maps provided
• 10 nights in 2 to 4-star hotels, all rooms en suite
120 km
“Beautiful walking and
excellent accommodaton.
A relaxing, stress-free
holiday.”
Calypso's Isle
Visit monasteries and palaces l Stand atop Germany's highest peak
Enjoy our 5-star hotel l Discover pristine coastline
Best known for its famous Passion Plays, Oberammergau is the perfect base
for a week of walking. From exhilarating mountain hikes to strolls through
valleys and wetland reserves, Oberammergau's wealth of well sign-posted
trails makes it an ideal walking destination. Choose from easier or harder
walks each day, and take advantage of the easily accessible local buses and
mountain lifts. You can also relax in the hotel's sauna or jacuzzi.
Blessed with a rugged landscape and spectacular coastline, the island of Gozo
is tranquil and verdant. Sleepy towns brimming with baroque architecture,
gardens and churches, and only the occasional farmhouse punctuate the
countryside. Such is the beauty here, that it is thought to be the legendary
Calypso's Isle of Homer's Odyssey. From our base at the island's top hotel, our
walks will unveil Gozo’s charm.
1
Start Oberammergau.
Trip Code
2
Explore Ammer Valley villages; walk to
Pulvermoos Wildlife Sanctuary.
At a Glance
3
Cable car up Laber; walk down to Ettal
village with its Benedictine monastery.
4
Follow the shore of Lake Staffelsee;
afternoon optional boat cruise.
Trek from Cruz de Ferro to Molinaseca.
3
Ascend the Rio Valcarce Valley to O'Cebreiro; sunset viewpoint.
5
Free day.
4
Walk between villages overlooking the Monastery of Samos;
continue to Sarria.
6
Kolben chairlift; various walks along
Sonnenberg Ridge available.
5
Head up the Celerio Valley; descend into Portomarin.
7
Walk to Linderhof Palace; return via the
Linder Valley.
6
Walk up Torres Valley to our farmhouse at Lestedo.
8
End Oberammergau.
ACCOMMODATION
7
Hike to O'Coto via Palas del Rei.
On this trip you'll stay in an
astonishingly diverse range
of properties including hilltop
monasteries, converted water mills,
stylish farmhouses and even a grand
rectory - all of them packed with
period features and perfect places to
socialise with other pilgrims.
8
Leave hamlet of O'Coto; walk to Arzua.
9
From Arzua walk to our converted watermill in Rua.
14
14
18
21
20
Dates & Price Guide
7
8
9
10
• Departs any Saturday from 6 June to 19 September 2015
walking route
GERMANY
Uffing
BAVAR IA
Staffelsee
Bad Kohlgrub
Walking areas
Sonnenberg
Oberammergau
Linderhof
Ettal
Neuschwanstein
Timothy Barlow
Bavarian Alps
AUSTRIA
66
LTO
GarmischPartenkirchen
Zugspitze
P Premium departure
Solo departure
Activity Level
1
Start Gozo.
Trip Code
At a Glance
LEISURELY
LTM
2
Coastal walk from Mgarr port to the
narrow creek of Mgarr ix-Xini.
Choice of routes each day
7 nights 3-star hotel with spa, all
rooms en suite with private balcony
• All breakfasts and dinners included
3
Walk via Basilica Ta' Pinu, a Baroque church
and stunning cliffs of the north coast.
4
Hike to Xlendi bay.
5
Free day; optional visit to Victoria or
Ramla Beach.
6
Punic burial site and the Azure Window.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
7
Qala to Nadur via Dahlet Quorrot harbour
and the hidden beach at San Blas Bay.
Daily Distance (km)
Daily Distance (km)
8
End Gozo.
16
14
6
7
17
13
22
(see page 11).
13
18
19
19
1
LEISURELY/MODERATE
•
•
•
•
•
•
2
3
4
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
5
6
PREMIUM
2
Activity Level
Start Leon.
11 End Santiago de Compostela.
The Azure Window, Gozo
Malta
2
10 Walk to Santiago via Monte do Gozo. Visit the cathedral
and collect your compostela from the Pilgrim's Office!
$1330
Walking in Oberammergau
1
SPAIN
0
MODERATE
SELF-GUIDED • GERMANY, MALTA
SELF-GUIDED • SPAIN
11 days land only
ACCOMMODATION
2
3
4
Dates & Price Guide
F Family departure
7
14
10
6
6
13
11
(see page 11).
• Start selected Saturdays from 7 February to
26 December 2015
Hotel Feldmeier ***
This traditional 3-star hotel is
close to the village centre. All
rooms are comfortable and include
en suite facilities, satellite tv, radio,
hairdryers and a private balcony
or terrace. A steam room, sauna,
jacuzzis and beauty room are
available. The WellenBerg leisure
complex, offering indoor and
outdoor swimming, is close by
and ideal if you fancy a day off
from walking!
Walk as little or as much as you like
All breakfasts and dinners included
GOZO
Gharb
Nadur
Xlendi
Qala
Sannat
Mgarr
COMINO
Walking areas
Valetta
MALTA
0
10
20
30 km
ACCOMMODATION
Hotel Ta’ Cenc *****
Set in 400 acres of private grounds
and built in harmony with its
surroundings, the Ta’ Cenc offers
complete tranquility, a friendly
atmosphere and delicious cuisine.
Guests are accommodated in
air-conditioned stone bungalows,
each with its own terrace. There
are two swimming pools, a jacuzzi,
fitness centre, tennis courts and
swimming cove.
67
North Africa &
Middle East
TRIP NAME
TRIP CODE
ACTIVITY LEVEL PAGE
Mt Toubkal Climb
TMM
5
71
Mt Toubkal Long Weekend
TMY
5
72
Mt Toubkal Winter Climb
TMW
7
73
Atlas Panorama
TMP
3
74
Undiscovered Atlas
TMA
4
75
Peaks & Valleys of the Atlas
TMT
5
76
Petra & Wadi Rum Trek
TXR
4
77
Jordan Walking Weekend
TXW
2
78
Trekking in Oman
TXM
4
79
Main Photograph: Wadi Rum, Jordan. Page 77
68
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
69
NORTH AFRICA • MOROCCO
8 days land only
from
$760
Mount
Toubkal
Nestled within the Toubkal National Park in south western
Morocco, Mount Toubkal is highest peak in North Africa,
reaching a lofty 4167m. Views from the top stretch across
the rolling, rustic coloured Atlas Mountains and traditional
Berber villagers can be found dotted across its hillside.
Jebel Ouanakrim
Morocco
Mt Toubkal Climb
Seasonal Summit
Summer Trekking
Our summer season starts at the end of April and runs
until the end of September. The fertile valleys and
orchards of the lower trails tend to be very hot with
temperatures frequently hovering around 40 degrees
in July and August.
As we approach the summit the temperature drops and
pockets of snow are often be found in higher hollows
and gullies as well as some strong winds. For a nontechnical yet fairly challenging trek, the summer trek of
Mount Toubkal is an ideal choice.
Winter Trekking
In the winter the High Atlas is transformed into an idyllic
alpine environment with beautiful jagged snow-capped
peaks. Our winter season starts in October and ends
in April. Most groups will encounter snow and ice and
therefore ice axe and crampons are essential. These can
both be hired in advance to be ready for you on arrival.
If you would like to use Camp Magix 10 crampons and/or
Camp Neve ice axes please request these at the time of
booking. Further information can be found on the TMW
and TMYW Trip Notes.
5
North Africa's highest peak l Visit vibrant Marrakech l Optional ascent of Mt. Ouanakrim
Activity Level
Mt Toubkal stands 4167m above sea level and commands superb views of the High Atlas
Mountains. Our trek passes through impressive landscapes on well-defined paths and is,
surprisingly, not too strenuous. As we climb higher, the paths do become steeper but the
gain in altitude awards dramatic views towards Marrakech and the spectacular Anti Atlas
mountains. Passing through remote villages and terraced fields we gain an insight into
the life of the friendly Berber people and finish with free time in the colourful imperial
city of Marrakech.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
26 Apr
03 May
10 May
17 May
24 May
31 May
07 Jun
14 Jun
21 Jun
05 Jul
03 May
10 May
17 May
24 May
31 May
07 Jun
14 Jun
21 Jun
28 Jun
12 Jul
START
END
12 Jul
26 Jul
28 Jul*
02 Aug
16 Aug*
30 Aug
06 Sep
13 Sep
20 Sep
27 Sep
19 Jul
02 Aug
04 Aug
09 Aug
23 Aug
06 Sep
13 Sep
20 Sep
27 Sep
04 Oct
Asni
Tizi n' Tichka
24 Jul
31 Jul
14 Aug
21 Aug
28 Aug
04 Sep
11 Sep
18 Sep
25 Sep
02 Oct
• *Family departures (parents with children only - min. age 13)
• Free airport transfer for any flight
Training is provided at the beginning of the trek so if
you are new to winter walking, the winter trek of Mount
Toubkal provides the ideal environment to give it a try.
•
•
•
•
•
Crampons may be needed in April and October
4 nights full-service camping, 1 night gite with shared
facilities and 2 nights 3-star hotel in en suite rooms
1
Start Marrakech.
2
Drive to Imi Oughlad; climb Tizi n Tacht Pass (2000m) and
descend into the Azaden Valley.
Imi Oughlad
Imlil
3
Walk through Berber villages and spectacular mountain
scenery, including the Ighoulidem waterfall.
4
Ascend the Aguelzim Pass (3550m) and enjoy superb views
of the Toubkal Massif before walking down to base camp.
5
An early start climbing scree before traversing the southern
ridge to reach the summit of Mt Toubkal (4167m). Enjoy
magnificent panoramic views before descending to base camp.
S
TLA
HA
HIG
Azaden Valley
Toubkal
Ouanakrim
17 Jul
24 Jul*
07 Aug
14 Aug*
21 Aug
28 Aug
04 Sep
11 Sep
18 Sep
25 Sep
At a Glance
MOROCCO
F
2016
01 May
07 May
15 May
22 May
29 May
05 Jun
12 Jun
19 Jun
26 Jun
10 Jul
17 Jul
TMM
2015
24 Apr
30 Apr
08 May
15 May
22 May
29 May
05 Jun
12 Jun
19 Jun
03 Jul
10 Jul
CHALLENGING
Lac d’Ifni
F
F
“Very enjoyable
short trek over
challenging terrain
in a fascinating
country.”
6
Climb Mt Ouanakrim (4089m); descend to the village of Aroumd.
7
Short walk to Imlil; return to Marrakech for guided tour.
8
End Marrakech.
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
11
8
5
6
6
9
6
Simon Watson
Main Photograph: Summit of Mt Toubkal, Morocco. Page 71
70
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
71
from
8 days land only
$570
from
Summit of Mt Toubkal
Morocco
5
Summit North Africa’s highest peak l Magnificent views along Azaden Valley l Explore Marrakech
Activity Level
Mt Toubkal, known locally as Jebel Toubkal, stands 4167m above sea level and commands
superb panoramic views of the High Atlas Mountains. This trek is an energetic way to spend
a long weekend with just three days in the mountains to approach, summit and descend the
highest peak in North Africa. Passing through a Berber village we gain an insight into the life
and traditions of these hardy and friendly mountain people. After our trek we have some
free time to explore the vibrant and colourful city of Marrakech.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
END
START
16 Feb
27 Apr
18 May
01 Jun
22 Jun
03 Aug
15 Feb
02 May
16 May
30 May
20 Jun
TMY
At a Glance
• 3 days point-to-point walking with full porterage
• Crampons may be needed for April and October
departures
• 2 nights 3-star hotel, 1 night gite, 1 night mountain refuge
Descending Mt Toubkal
Mt Toubkal Winter Climb
03 Sep
17 Sep
01 Oct
05 Nov*
19 Nov*
31 Dec*
07 Sep
21 Sep
05 Oct
09 Nov
23 Nov
04 Jan
Activity Level
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
28 Jul
25 Aug
15 Sep
29 Sep
01 Aug
29 Aug
19 Sep
03 Oct
Start Marrakech.
2
Morning transfer to Imlil; short walk to Aroumd for lunch.
Afternoon walk to Toubkal Base Camp refuge.
3
Early start for Toubkal ascent, over rocky paths with little
vegetation. The final ascent affords panoramic views. Return
to refuge for lunch and continue to Aroumd.
4
Short walk to Imlil; transfer to Marrakech. Free afternoon to
enjoy the city.
5
• Optional single supplement $70 (hotel nights only)
• *Winter departure
MOROCCO
S
LA
AT
H
HIG
walking
2015
1
End Marrakech.
WINTER DEPARTURES ALSO AVAILABLE
Fancy testing out crampons and ice
axes for the first time? Why not join
one of our winter departures for a
long weekend climbing Mt Toubkal;
the perfect environment to try
winter trekking and to experience
the Atlas Mountains trails at their
quietest. Enjoy magnificent views of
the dramatic snowy peaks and stay
in a mountain refuge at Base Camp.
Please note the price difference is due
to extra support required on a winter
trek and is based on a maximum of 10
clients per trip. For more information
please see trip code TMYW on our
website or contact our Sales team.
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
11
4
4
5
7
Learn to use ice axe and crampons l Summit Toubkal with expert guides l Explore Marrakech
During the winter Mt Toubkal and the surrounding peaks of the High Atlas are a walkers'
paradise; with empty trails, and spectacular views over the Toubkal Massif. Starting from
bustling Marrakech we venture right into the High Atlas to climb North Africa's highest peak
(4167m). Crampons and ice axes are usually required throughout the trip (depending
on weather), but this trip is designed to be achievable by those who are fit, even if they are
new to winter walking.
2016
11 Feb*
28 Apr
12 May
26 May
16 Jun
CHALLENGING
END
2015
12 Feb*
23 Apr
14 May
28 May
18 Jun
30 Jul
$1050
Morocco
Mt Toubkal Long Weekend
START
5 days land only
04 Jan
11 Jan
11 Jan
18 Jan
25 Jan
01 Feb
08 Feb
15 Feb
15 Feb
22 Feb
22 Feb
01 Mar
08 Mar
15 Mar
22 Mar
29 Mar
05 Apr
12 Apr
18 Oct
25 Oct
01 Nov
08 Nov
22 Nov
29 Nov
06 Dec
13 Dec
13 Dec
20 Dec
22 Dec
29 Dec
27 Dec
03 Jan
Please see our website www.exodustravels.com for all 2016 dates and prices.
“Great combination of
busy Marrakech and
the tranquility of the
mountains.”
Enid Frantilla
TOUGH
TMW
At a Glance
• 5 days walking; 1 free day
• Full porterage included
• No previous experience required in using ice
axe and crampons
• Group normally 4 to 10, plus winter guide and
local staff. Min age 18 yrs
• 3 nights 3-star hotel, 4 nights gite
“A snowy challenge
in the company
of a good group
and excellent
guides. Fantastic
holiday achievable
in a week.”
1
Start Marrakech.
2
Drive to Imlil, short walk to Aroumd and free time to explore
this remote village.
3
Climb to Toubkal Base Camp, visiting the Mizane Valley
and Sidi Chamarouch Shrine.
4
Ascent of Jebel Toubkal (4167m) the highest mountain in
North Africa.
5
Climb Jebel Ouanoukrim, a challenging 4089m climb.
6
Descend though Tizi Ouanoums towards Lac d’ifni.
Transfer to Marrakech.
7
Marrakech; free day to explore souks or relax in gardens.
8
End Marrakech.
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
11
8
5
6
6
9
6
Marion Chatfield
72
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
73
from
8 days land only
$710
from
Tijhza Village
Morocco
Activity Level
The perfect introduction to Morocco; an insight into the colourful city of Marrakech along
with some varied walking exploring the striking High Atlas Mountains. Based in the remote
and picturesque village of Tijhza, we stay in a simple, traditional gite and enjoy optional
walks each day. The pace is relaxed, allowing us to enjoy the scenery of the mountains and
learn about the way of life of the friendly Berber people. Our time in Marrakech sees us
exploring the busy souks or choosing to relax in the tranquil Majorelle Gardens.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
END
START
18 Jan
15 Feb
01 Mar
22 Mar
29 Mar
12 Apr
24 May
21 Jun
09 Aug
13 Sep
04 Oct
18 Oct
01 Nov
22 Nov
13 Dec
27 Dec
03 Jan
2016
10 Jan
17 Jan
20 Mar 27 Mar
07 Feb
14 Feb
10 Apr
17 Apr
21 Feb
28 Feb
29 May 05 Jun
MOROCCO
walking
areas
Tijhza
AS
H
TMP
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
4 days centre based walking
4 nights gites with basic facilities, 3 nights 3-star hotel
with en suite rooms and pool
Activity Level
A fantastic winter trek in the dramatic and isolated Anti-Atlas mountains. Marvel at kasbahs
perched above terraced valleys and wide oases as well as distant peaks fading into the
desert haze. There is plenty of contact with the local villagers, while the ascent of Jebel
Aklim (2531m) provides wonderful views of the snow-covered High Atlas. Walking through
these small Berber villages brings you closer the locals and their way of life. The trek ends
in Taroudant, with time to experience the souks and the ancient city walls.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
17 Jan*
14 Feb*
28 Mar
04 Apr
17 Oct
07 Nov
05 Dec
19 Dec
24 Jan
21 Feb
04 Apr
11 Apr
24 Oct
14 Nov
12 Dec
26 Dec
Telouet
Start Marrakech.
2
Explore Marrakech; visit the Djemaa el Fna Square to
explore labyrinth of souks.
3
Drive to Animite; walk to Tijhza and explore.
RESPONSIBLE TOURISM
Tijhza Village Project
6
Optional harder day, with the chance to trek to beautiful
Lake Tamda.
7
Walk to Animiter; drive to Marrakech. Free afternoon for
shopping or a visit it to the Majorelle Gardens.
8
Finish Marrakech.
15
17
5
6
TMA
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
Between 5 to 7 hours walking per day
5 nights wild semi-participatory camping, 2 nights
3-star hotels with en suite rooms
1
Start Agadir.
2
Drive to Taroudant for lunch; continue to Irghem.
Trek to first campsite
3
A long first day; climb over a col and series of spurs before
reaching a the village of Amal. From here head trek through
a picturesque valley to reach the village of Tagdict.
4
Ascent of Jebel Aklim (2531m).
2016
16 Jan*
23 Jan
13 Feb*
20 Feb
19 Mar
26 Mar
02 Apr
09 Apr
05 Nov
12 Nov
10 Dec
17 Dec
24 Dec
31 Dec
• Optional single supplement $180 (including single tent)
• *Almond blossom season
Daily Distance (km)
3
4
2015
1
4/5 Varied daywalks through the mountains. These are sometimes
altered to suit the weather and ability of the group. The choice
of routes from Tijhza will include the terrace fields below the
village and the Ouarikt Gorge.
Exodus has been working with the
people of Tijhza Valley since 2001 on
various projects, including helping
to build a water tower, supporting
the local school and our biggest
project, a new traditional Hamman.
This provides local employment and
improves the health of locals, many
of whom do not have running water
at home. During your stay in Tijhza
you will have the opportunity to visit
the Hamman, learn more about the
project and have the opportunity
to experience it for yourself, a truly
memorable experience.
4
Trek the remote Anti-Atlas l Explore terraced valleys & oases l Enjoy Berber hospitality
06 Sep
27 Sep
11 Oct
25 Oct
15 Nov
06 Dec
20 Dec
27 Dec
L
AT
MODERATE
END
2015
HIG
Trekking in the Aklim Range
Undiscovered Atlas
3
Remote mountain village stay l Experience colourful Marrakech l Enjoy a traditional hammam
11 Jan
08 Feb
22 Feb
15 Mar
22 Mar
05 Apr
17 May
14 Jun
02 Aug
$860
Morocco
Atlas Panorama
START
8 days land only
11
31
5/6/7 Three day complete circuit of Aklim Range with wild
camping spots in various pastures. Pass through small
villages and remote valleys. At the end of day 7 we transfer
to Taroudant.
“This trip far
exceeded my
expectations;
it was beautiful,
passing through
stunning and varied
landscapes.”
8
End Agadir.
Daily Distance (km)
3
4
5
22
16
6
7
22
13
20
Ruth King
74
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
75
from
8 days land only
$1140
from
Aroumd
Morocco
5
Ascend three peaks over 4000m l Explore remote Berber villages l Relax in historic Marrakech
Activity Level
During this varied and challenging trek we aim to summit Jebel Toubkal, North Africa's
highest peak (4167m), Jebel Ouanakrim (4089m) and Jebel Adrar n'Dern (4001m). We also
discover seldom-visited gorges, passes and valleys and are rewarded with spectacular
views as far as the Sahara. Campsites are mostly in high valleys and one night we camp
near Lac d’Ifni with the chance of an afternoon swim. When our trek is over we return to the
fabulous city of Marrakech to cool off in its pleasant gardens or to visit the vibrant souks.
Trip Code
CHALLENGING
TMT
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
•
Between 4 to 8 hours walking a day
Group normally 6 to 16, plus local leaders. Min age 18 yrs
8 nights camping, 3 nights gite, 3 nights hotel
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
17 May
21 Jun
05 Jul
19 Jul
START
END
09 Aug
30 Aug
13 Sep
20 Sep
23 Aug
13 Sep
27 Sep
04 Oct
2015
2016
01 May
05 Jun
19 Jun
03 Jul
15 May
19 Jun
03 Jul
17 Jul
07 Aug
28 Aug
11 Sep
18 Sep
21 Aug
11 Sep
25 Sep
02 Oct
The Monastery, Petra
Arrive to Marrakech.
2
Morning transfer and trek towards Tizi n Tkhfiste.
3
Trek through Berber villages to Oukaimden.
4
Descent to Iaabbasen.
5
Cross Tachdirt Pass to Tachdirt (3200m).
6
Trek to pass Tizi n Likemt and on to Likempt.
7/8 Ascent of Jebel Adrar n’Dern (4001m).
• Optional single supplement $220 (hotel and tent)
9
trekking
AS
ATL
Ourika
H
HIG
Valley
Ait Stimane
Imlil
Adrar n’Dern
Aourai Pass
“A wonderful
experience walking
through villages,
valleys and
mountains.”
Petra & Wadi Rum Trek
Activity Level
Some of the most spectacular desert scenery in the world is found in the south of Jordan
at Wadi Rum, a place of dramatic beauty which provides an ideal environment for trekking.
Millennia of erosion have formed wonderful mountains (known as jebels) that rise out of
the desert sands, creating exciting terrain that we explore from the valley bottom to the
jebel tops. Throughout the trip we will be accommpanied by local Bedouin and we shall be
camping as they do, under the stars. Our trip will finish with a day visit to the ancient rock
city of Petra, a must for any visitor to Jordan.
Trip Code
START
END
14 Feb
15 Feb*
21 Feb
14 Mar
21 Mar
28 Mar
04 Apr
05 Apr*
18 Apr
21 Feb
22 Feb
28 Feb
21 Mar
28 Mar
04 Apr
11 Apr
12 Apr
25 Apr
START
02 May
P F
23 May
24 May*
P 03
F Oct
17 Oct
24 Oct
25 Oct*
P F
31 Oct
09 May
30 May
31 May
10 Oct
24 Oct
31 Oct
01 Nov
07 Nov
13 Feb
14 Feb*
20 Feb
21 Feb
19 Mar
26 Mar
P F
P F
P F
11 Ascent of Mt Toubkal (4167m).
• Optional single supplement $80 (3
hotel nights only)
•
• *Family departures (parents with
12 Ascent of Jebel Ouanoukrim (4089m); to village of Aroumd.
13 Aroumd to Imlil; transfer to Marrakech.
Madaba
14 Guided tour of Marrakech; free afternoon.
Amman
Dead
Sea
15 End Marrakech.
JORDAN
2
3
4
5
6
7
13
10
Desert
Highway
13
13
11
19
8
9
10
11
12
13 2
10
8
9
8
TXR
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
Full porterage provided
Group normally 4 to 14, plus leader and local staff.
Min age 16 yrs
• 3 nights hotels, 1 night full-service basic camping,
3 nights semi-participatory wild camping
1
P F
26 Mar
02 Apr
10 Walk up to Ouanoums Gorge and Tizi n’Ouanoums Pass; to
Toubkal Base Camp.
2016
Daily Distance (km)
Hugh Williams
END
2015
Trek though volcanic landscape of Aourai Pass; to the idyllic
Lac d’Ifni.
4
Magical desert trek l Visit the rose-red city of Petra l Night in a Bedouin camp
Dates & Price Guide
1
MOROCCO
76
$1410
Jordan
Peaks and Valleys of the Atlas
03 May
07 Jun
21 Jun
05 Jul
MIDDLE EAST • JORDAN
15 days land only
To Wadi Rum; meet the Bedouin team and venture into the desert.
3
Traverse Siq el Barrah, a magnificent desert canyon with
immense rock walls.
4
Trek towards Jebel Burdah; afternoon visit to the arch of Burdah.
5
To Um Fruth rock-bridge following Khor el Ajram to the
Wadi Khashkhasheh.
6
Leave the desert for Petra.
7
A fascinating day visiting Petra, one of the world's foremost
ancient sites; to Amman.
8
End Amman.
ACCOMMODATION
Throughout this tour we use
comfortable, mid-range hotels with
en suite facilities and air conditioning.
Four nights will be spent in the desert,
of which three nights will be in wild
camps with no toilets or wash facilities.
One night will be in our private Bedouin
camp with traditional style tents
sleeping 3 or 4 people.
Start Amman.
2
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
5
15
5
6
15
5
10
Petra
trekking area
Wadi Rum
20
Red Sea
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
77
from
9 days land only
$930
from
Exploring the ruins of Petra
Jordan
View over Jebel Akhdar
Activity Level
For those short on time, our long weekend in Jordan encompasses the very best for trekking
in this alluring country. Following a float in the Dead Sea, delve deep into the heart of the
Wadi Rum to enjoy a short trek through an incredible desert landscape, experiencing life
with the Bedouin and sleeping under the stars. Culminating with a unforgettable walk
around the rose-red city of Petra and time at the Red Sea, this short visit will surely live
long in the memory.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
20 Feb
10 Apr
22 May
02 Oct
16 Oct
24 Feb
14 Apr
26 May
06 Oct
20 Oct
19 Feb
08 Apr
23 Feb
12 Apr
Trekking in Oman
2
Float in the Dead Sea l Walk to the fabled city of Petra l Camp in Wadi Rum
LEISURELY/MODERATE
TXW
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
2 days moderate walking
Full porterage provided
Min age 16 yrs
• 3 nights 3-star hotels. 1 night full-service basic camping
• All breakfasts and 1 dinner included
1
Start Amman.
2
To Wadi Rum camp via the Dead Sea for a float in its salty
waters; evening walk in the spectacular desert surroundings
close to the camp.
2016
3
Transfer to Petra; to walk from Beidah (Little Petra) to the
rose-red city; afternoon tour of the world heritage site of Petra.
4
Drive to Aqaba for a free day to enjoy snorkelling, sunbathing
or diving in the Red Sea.
5
End Aqaba.
Amman
Dead Sea
JORDAN
Desert
Highway
Petra
23 Feb
12 Apr
0
Aqaba
Red Sea
trekking area
Wadi Rum
“I loved every
minute! From
floating in the Dead
Sea, trekking in the
desert, sleeping
under the stars and
exploring Petra –
so many highlights
in so few days.”
Activity Level
Oman, perhaps the most beautiful Gulf State, boasts a rugged landscape with a mountain
range whose rock formations are both spectacular and of immense geological interest.
In the wild Hajar mountains we'll walk through huge wadis and soaring valleys, passing
occasional abandoned villages. By contrast we finish with a stunning cliff-top coastal walk,
with incredible views back to the Eastern Hajar mountains. There is also time to explore
Muscat old town, and Nizwa Fort, the former capital.
Trip Code
TXM
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
•
4 days walking and 2 half-day walks
Luggage is transported by jeep
2 nights hotels and 6 nights wild camping
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
31 Jan
28 Feb
28 Mar
12 Sep
03 Oct
24 Oct
08 Feb
08 Mar
05 Apr
20 Sep
11 Oct
01 Nov
23 Jan
27 Feb
26 Mar
31 Jan
06 Mar
03 Apr
2015
1
Fly to Muscat
2
Morning visit Grand Mosque and souks; walk to city view
point; afternoon drive to camp site.
3
Trek to Nakhal Fort; transfer to mountain village; afternoon
4WD to Jebel Shams.
4
Walk Oman’s Grand Canyon ‘Balcony Walk’; drive to Wadi
Tanuf to explore the abandoned village; to Jebel Akhdar
camp.
5
Hike across Jebel Akhdar; afternoon walk through terraces.
6
Trek through mountainous terrain passing abandoned
villages and dry canyons; transfer to Nizwa; traditional dinner
at local restaurant.
ACCOMMODATION
7
Explore Nizwaincluding the cattle market and fort; to camp.
There will be 2 nights at standard
hotels. All rooms have en suite
facilities. There will be 6 nights
spent at wild camps. These sites are
selected for their location. Camping in
the wilds is a wonderful opportunity
to experience true remote country.The
tents provided comfortably sleep two
people. Mattresses are also provided.
8
Full day coastal walk along cliffs and into wadis.
9
Morning walk to Muscat port;end Muscat.
2016
Daily Distance (km)
3
4
4
Stunning canyons l Remote abandoned villages l True wilderness camping
2015
0
$2190
Oman
Jordan Walking Weekend
19 Feb
08 Apr
MIDDLE EAST • OMAN
MIDDLE EAST • JORDAN
5 days land only
Gulf of Oman
15
Muscat
7
Jebel
Nakhal
Nakhal Fort
Je
be
l A
k
hd
ar
Jebel
Shams
Nizwa
OMAN
Ramlah
trekking areas
Daily Distance (km)
3
4
5
6
9
9
6
8
9
5
14
10
Megan Devenish
78
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
79
Sub-Saharan
Africa
TRIP NAME
TRIP CODE
ACTIVITY LEVEL PAGE
Kilimanjaro Climb - Rongai Route
TYW
6
83
Kilimanjaro Climb - Lemosho Route
TYR
6
84
Kilimanjaro & Zanzibar
TYZ
6
85
Kilimanjaro - Rongai Route & Safari
TYX
6
86
Kilimanjaro - Lemosho Route & Safari
TYU
6
86
Kilimanjaro, Ngorongoro & Zanzibar
TYC
6
87
Mt Kenya Ascent
TYA
6
88
TYE
Ethiopia: Simien Mountains Trek
6
89
South African Walking Safari
TZS
5
90
Trekking in Madagascar
TZM
3
91
Main Photograph: Lowland Simien Mountains, Ethiopia. Page 89.
80
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
81
8 days land only
Proven Success: Exodus is the number one operator
on Kilimanjaro. We take more clients to the summit than
any other travel company.
from
AFRICA • TANZANIA
Why Exodus?
$2660
Expert Knowledge: With numerous office staff who
have summited, some over 30 times, we can advise you
on the right route for your needs.
Excellent Quality: An impressive standard of camping
equipment, delicious food and knowledgeable guides
have won each of our Kilimanjaro treks an impressive
online client rating of 4.5 stars or above.
Mount
Kilimanjaro
Safety Measures: We offer one of the highest guide
to client ratios on the mountain: 1 guide to 2 clients.
They carry portable oxygen to treat altitude sickness,
should this be needed.
Valued Guides: We are passionate about giving
something back to the local community and sponsor a
local porter project (see below). Importantly we also pay
our guides one of the highest salaries on Kilimanjaro.
There is nothing quite like it anywhere else on Earth.
The world’s tallest freestanding mountain is a
challenge, no doubt, but the rewards are immense,
not only the sense of accomplishment reaching the
5895m summit, but the views, camaraderie and
overall experience are hard to beat.
No Hidden Charges: All our prices include Kilimanjaro
park fees.
Which route?
We use the Rongai and Lemosho routes instead of
Marangu or Machame because:
• Both are comparatively quiet, wilderness routes, well
away from the crowded climbs. Only 10% of Kilimanjaro
climbers ascend by these two routes.
Tanzania
• Both traverse the mountain using different ascent and
descent routes, so no backtracking, giving time to
explore the different climatic zones, wildlife and scenery.
Kilimanjaro Climb - Rongai Route
• We have added extra days to the standard itineraries
set by the national park to help aid acclimatisation and
to help you reach Uhuru Peak, at 5895m (19340ft)
the highest point in Africa.
Kilimanjaro Porter Project
Exodus values its leaders and staff, and sets the standard
for best practice on Kilimanjaro. Exodus is a member of the
Kilimanjaro Porters Assistance Project (KPAP) and adheres
to the guidelines for proper porter treatment, and pays one
of the highest wages on the mountain. During the long
rains (April-June), the non-trekking season, Exodus also
funds a school to teach English to its porters and other
local staff, and sponsors individuals for further study.
KENYA
Lemosho
Forest
Third
Buffalo Cave
Camp
Moir
Kikelewa
Hut
Camp
School
SUMMIT
Shira
Hut
Hut
Mawenzi
Lava
Tarn
Tower
Kibo Camp
Barranco
Barafu
Hut
Horombo
Hut
Karanga
River
Mandara
Shira 1
MACHAME
Second Cave
UMBWE
Mweka
Camp
Marangu
Park Gate
Mweka
Gate
MWEKA
MARANGU
ARUSHA
MOSHI
KILIMANJARO
INTERNATIONAL
AIRPORT
82
Rongai Route
Lemosho Route
HIMO
Main Photograph: Glaciers at the summit of Mount Kilimanjaro.
www.exodustravels.com/walking-holidays/walkingand-trekking-guides
RONGAI
Activity Level
With its gentle gradient and sense of unspoilt wilderness, the Rongai Route approaches
Kilimanjaro from the north and is less crowded than the most popular trails. We trek
through farmlands, forest and alpine moorlands on our approach to the beautiful summit
cone. This route allows an extra day for acclimatisation under the imposing spires of
Mawenzi, before the arduous final ascent. The final climb begins in darkness but our
reward is an incomparable dawn vista over the sweeping East African plains.
Trip Code
START
END
03 Jan#
17 Jan
14 Feb
21 Feb
01 Mar#
04 Apr
16 May
11 Jul
15 Aug
22 Aug#
05 Sep
12 Sep
23 Sep ‡
26 Sep
24 Oct #
31 Oct
05 Dec
15 Dec
10 Jan
24 Jan
21 Feb
28 Feb
08 Mar
11 Apr
23 May
18 Jul
22 Aug
29 Aug
12 Sep
19 Sep
30 Sep
03 Oct
31 Oct
07 Nov
12 Dec
22 Dec
CHALLENGING/TOUGH
TYW
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
•
2 nights hotels and 5 nights full-service camping
09 Jan
23 Jan#
20 Feb#
27 Feb
26 Mar
14 May#
18 Jun#
16 Jul#
13 Aug#
27 Aug
03 Sep
17 Sep
01 Oct
15 Oct
16 Jan
30 Jan
27 Feb
05 Mar
02 Apr
21 May
25 Jun
23 Jul
20 Aug
03 Sep
10 Sep
24 Sep
08 Oct
22 Oct
2015
Need to know more? Download our Kilimanjaro Trekking
Guide, absolutely free and written by our trekking experts.
TANZANIA
6
Africa's highest mountain l Lesser-used Rongai Route l Watch sunrise over the summit
Dates & Price Guide
Kilimanjaro Trekking Guide
LONDOROSSI
Celebrations on the summit, 5895m
Start Marangu.
2
Begin ascent through Rongai Forest (2600m).
3
Climb to Kikelewa moorland (3600m).
4
Steady ascent beneath Mawenzi (4330m); afternoon
acclimatisation.
5
Cross lunar desert of the ‘Saddle’ to Kibo, at the bottom
of summit cone (4750m).
6
Early start to reach Gillman’s Point in time for sunrise over
the crater rim; on to Uhuru Peak, the highest point in Africa
(5895m). Descend to Horombo (3720m).
7
Continue descent to Mandara and Marangu.
8
End Marangu.
P F
P F
P F
2016
TRIP EXTENSION
Safari or Zanzibar
P F
• Trip extension available - see Trip Notes
• #Full moon departure
• ‡Lunar eclipse on summit day
P Premium departure
1
Solo departure
F Family departure
Why not extend your trip on a 2 or 3
night safari; visit Lake Manyara and
the world famous Ngorongoro Crater,
known for its breathtaking landscape
and abundant wildlife - over 20,000
animals can often be found on the
crater floor. Alternatively lie on the
white sandy beaches of Zanzibar,
swim in the stunning azure waters
and explore the winding alleyways
and bustling bazaars of Stone Town.
See Trip Notes for details.
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
7
15
8
5
6
7
10
10
22
83
from
11 days land only
$3420
from
$4090
Views of the Southern Ice field on Kilimanjaro
Tanzania
Activity Level
Taking the western approach we cross the caldera of Shira Volcano, traversing beneath the
southern icefields of Kibo, Kilimanjaro's highest volcano. We have eight days on Africa's highest
mountain, which means plenty of time for acclimatisation and soaking up the ever-changing
scenery. This is one of the least trekked routes allowing us to savour the immense and wild Shira
Plateau. This itinerary gives you an excellent chance of reaching the summit: approximately
96% of people trekking the Lemosho Route with Exodus stand on the roof of Africa.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
END
START
07 Jan
21 Jan#
04 Feb
18 Feb#
24 Mar
19 May#
16 Jun#
07 Jul
21 Jul
02 Aug‡
04 Aug
16 Jan
30 Jan
13 Feb
27 Feb
02 Apr
28 May
25 Jun
16 Jul
30 Jul
11 Aug
13 Aug
04 Aug‡
06 Aug
16 Aug
20 Aug‡
P 10
F Sep
17 Sep
21 Sep**
24 Sep#
08 Oct
15 Oct
22 Oct#
12 Nov
17 Dec#
13 Aug
15 Aug
25 Aug
29 Aug
19 Sep
26 Sep
30 Sep
03 Oct
17 Oct
24 Oct
31 Oct
21 Nov
26 Dec
P F
25 Aug
27 Aug
10 Sep
24 Sep
08 Oct
15 Oct
22 Oct
05 Nov
26 Nov
30 Dec
P F
P F
P F
(includes single tent)
• *Female crew departure - see Trip
Notes
• #Full moon departure
84
TYR
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
Group normally 4 to 15, plus local leader and
appropriate staff. Min age 16 yrs
• 7 nights full-service camping and 2 nights hotels
Activity Level
The Rongai Route approaches Kilimanjaro using a less travelled trail. It is the known as the
'easiest', due to its relatively gentle gradient and short daily stages. After the exhilaration
of the trek, there is no better way to come back down to earth (and sea level!) than to dip
your toes in the crystal clear Indian Ocean off Zanzibar, the perfect place to round off your
adventure. There is time to snorkel, lounge by the swimming pool or under the natural
shade of the palm trees whilst watching fishermen pass by.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
16 Feb
22 Jun
17 Aug
14 Sep
26 Oct
26 Feb
02 Jul
27 Aug
24 Sep
05 Nov
• **Lunar eclipse on summit day
• ‡Family departures (parents with
• Trip Extension available - see pg 83
Start Arusha.
2
To Londorossi; begin ascent to Lemosho Forest (2650m).
3
Explore Shira Plateau; camp at Shira One (3550m).
4
Walk to the summit of Shira Cathedral to camp at Shira Hut
(3840m).
5
Descend to camp at Great Barranco Valley (3900m).
29 Feb
20 Jun
15 Aug
10 Oct
10 Mar
30 Jun
25 Aug
20 Oct
6
Over the Barranco Wall to Karanga (4000m).
7
Steep ascent to Barafu campsite (4600m), with optional
afternoon ascent to bottom of S.E. Valley (4800m).
8
An early start to reach Stella Point in time for sunrise; on to
Uhuru Peak (5895m), the highest point in Africa; descend to
Millennium Camp (3800m).
P F
18th June 2015
We have scheduled as many female
staff on the mountain crew as
possible on the 18th June departure.
Exodus has both female assistant
guides and porters regularly working
on the mountain, providing them
with a decent salary for their families.
Many of these women are training to
become chief guides in this traditional
patriachal society. Join them on this
departure and find out just how strong
and enthusiastic they are!
9
2016
• Optional single supplement $490 (includes hotels and single tent)
ACCOMMODATION
Arusha
To Mweka Gate; transfer to Arusha.
2
3
4
5
7
8
10
8
Kilimanjaro
Marangu
TANZANIA
Daily Distance (km)
6
7
8
9
Zanzibar
5
3
11
5
P Premium departure
TYZ
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
Group normally 4 to 15, plus local leader and appropriate
staff. Min age 18 yrs (no leader whilst on Zanzibar)
• 5 nights hotels and 5 nights full-service camping
Solo departure
1
Start Marangu.
2
Arrive Kilimanjaro and transfer to Marangu.
3
4
5
Steady ascent beneath Mawenzi (4330m); afternoon
acclimatisation.
6
Cross lunar desert of the 'Saddle' to Kibo, at the bottom
of summit cone (4750m).
7
Early start to reach Gillman's Point in time for sunrise over
the crater rim; on to Uhuru Peak, the highest point in Africa
8
Fly to Zanzibar; transfer to the south-east coast of the island
with its dazzling white beaches and clear waters.
Full-Service Camping
KENYA
10 End Arusha.
CHALLENGING/TOUGH
2015
1
FEMALE CREW DEPARTURE
6
The Rongai Route l Stand on ‘Roof of Africa' l Zanzibar's beaches
2016
16 Aug‡
18 Aug#
P 01
F Sep
15 Sep#
29 Sep
06 Oct#
13 Oct
27 Oct
17 Nov
P F
21 Dec
CHALLENGING/TOUGH
END
2015
17 Jan
24 Jan
31 Jan
07 Feb
14 Feb
28 Feb
08 Mar
18 Apr
13 Jun
27 Jun
11 Jul
25 Jul
28 Jul
Kilimanjaro & Zanzibar
6
Extra acclimatisation day l See the curvature of the Earth l Varied scenery
08 Jan
15 Jan
22 Jan
29 Jan#
05 Feb
19 Feb
27 Feb#
09 Apr
04 Jun
18 Jun*
02 Jul#
16 Jul
19 Jul
Decken Glacier
Tanzania
Kilimanjaro Climb - Lemosho Route
START
AFRICA • TANZANIA
AFRICA • TANZANIA
10 days land only
F Family departure
The Kilimanjaro climb is based on
full-service camping. Local porters
carry all baggage and equipment,
and cooking and camp work is their
responsibility. All communal camping
and kitchen equipment is provided
and local staff take care of all the
other chores, including erecting and
taking down the tents. The tents
provided are spacious, modern,
geodesic three-person dome tents.
A large communal dining tent and a
private toilet tent are also provided.
9
10 Free time at the beach, with optional excursions to explore
Stone Town.
11 Free morning; afternoon end Stone Town.
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
7
15
8
5
6
7
10
10
22
85
from
13 days land only
$4090
from
13 days land only
$5890
from
Tree-climbing lion
Tanzania
Tanzania
Kilimanjaro - Rongai Route & Safari
Kilimanjaro - Lemosho Route & Safari
Kilimanjaro, Ngorongoro
& Zanzibar
Safari in Ngorongoro Crater l Spot tree-climbing lions
Safari in Ngorongoro and Serengeti l Explore Olduvai Gorge
After a strenuous climb of Kilimanjaro, this trip offers ample game viewing
opportunities in two of Tanzania's national parks, plus the magnificent
Ngorongoro Conservation Area. Lake Manyara is well known for its bird
life and tree-climbing lions, Tarangire for its elephants, while the stunning
Ngorongoro Crater is home to the largest concentration of wildlife anywhere
in Africa, the perfect ending to a varied trip.
After a rewarding climb on Kilimanjaro's Lemosho Route, go on safari in
Tanzania's national parks. First is great wildlife viewing in the natural sanctuary
of Ngorongoro Crater, the best chance to see the threatened rhinoceros, as
well as an abundance of other wildlife. Follow this with the vast open plains of
the Serengeti, teeming with wildlife, especially during the seasonal wildebeest
migration, and benefit from a flight back to Arusha, maximising our game
viewing time.
Activity Level
Activity Level
1
Start Marangu.
Trip Code
2
1
Start Arusha.
Trip Code
3
At a Glance
Steady ascent beneath jagged peaks of
Mawenzi (4330m); afternoon acclimatisation.
•
•
•
•
•
2
4
To Londorossi; begin ascent to
Lemosho Forest.
At a Glance
3
Explore Shira Plateau; camp at Shira One.
4
Walk to Shira Cathedral to camp at Shira Hut.
5
Descend; camp at Great Barranco Valley.
6
Over the Barranco Wall to Karanga.
7
Steep ascent to Barafu campsite, with
optional afternoon ascent to bottom of
S.E. Valley.
5
6
Cross lunar desert of the ‘Saddle’ to Kibo,
at the bottom of summit cone (4750m).
Early start to reach Gillman’s Point in
time for sunrise over the crater rim: on to
Uhuru Peak, the highest point in Africa
7
Continue descent through forest to
Mandara and Marangu; drive to Arusha.
8
Drive from Arusha to Tarangire. Game
viewing in Tarangire N.P.
9
Full day excursion to Ngorongoro
Conservation Area.
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
7
15
8
5
6
7
Safari vehicles used
Group normally 4 to 15, plus local leader.
Min age 18 yrs
• 2 nights hotels, 2 nights permanent
camp and 5 nights full-service camping
dinners included
10
10
22
START
END
12 Jan
15 Jun
24 Aug
14 Sep
19 Oct
29 Feb
13 Jun
29 Aug
24 Oct
21 Jan
24 Jun
02 Sep
23 Sep
28 Oct
2016
KENYA
Arusha
Kilimanjaro
9
To Mweka Gate; transfer to Arusha.
Olduvai
Marangu
TANZANIA
Trek Africa's highest mountain l Breathtaking Ngorongoro Crater l Zanzibar's crystal clear waters
This trip offers the best of Tanzania: incredible wildlife viewing, trekking Kilimanjaro and
the crystal waters of the Indian Ocean. Go on safari at Lake Manyara, a diverse park of
landscape and wildlife, before moving on to Ngorongoro Crater, a magnificent UNESCO
World Heritage Site and one of Africa's wildlife hotspots. Trek the Rongai Route to the
summit of Kilimanjaro where you'll see the curvature of the Earth, before relaxing on the
pristine beaches of Zanzibar.
START
END
12 Jan
09 Feb
17 Aug
19 Oct
24 Jan
21 Feb
29 Aug
31 Oct
18 Jan
22 Feb
15 Aug
17 Oct
30 Jan
05 Mar
27 Aug
29 Oct
START
•
•
•
•
•
5 nights hotels, 2 nights lodges and 5 nights
full-service camping
1
Start Arusha; transfer to nearby Ngorongoro Conservation Area.
2
Game drive in Lake Manyara; return to Conservation Area.
3
Game drive in Ngorongoro Crater; transfer to Arusha.
4
Begin Kilimanjaro ascent through Rongai Forest.
P
P
P
P
F
F
F
F
5
Climb to Kikelewa Moorland.
6
Steady ascent beneath jagged peaks of Mawenzi;
afternoon acclimatisation.
7
Cross lunar desert of the ‘Saddle’ to Kibo.
8
Early start to reach Gillman’s Point in time for sunrise; on to
Uhuru Peak, the highest point in Africa; descend to Horombo.
9
Continue descent to Mandara and Marangu; drive to Arusha.
2016
• Optional single supplement $570 (single hotels and tent)
END
03 Mar
14 Jul
01 Sep
29 Sep
03 Nov
KENYA
Ngorongoro
Crater
Please see our website www.exodustravels.com
for all 2016 dates and prices.
(see page 9).
• *Migration season
Arusha Kilimanjaro
Lake
Manyara
Marangu
TANZANIA
Zanzibar
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
5
7
8
10
8
6
7
8
9
TYC
At a Glance
2015
19 Feb*
02 Jul
20 Aug
17 Sep
22 Oct
CHALLENGING/TOUGH
Trip Code
F
F
F
F
Kilimanjaro
Arusha
6
Activity Level
P
P
P
P
2015
12 Full day in Serengeti.
Ngorongoro
Crater
PREMIUM
Dates & Price Guide
Dates & Price Guide
13 Fly to Arusha; end.
KENYA
TYU
Group normally 4 to 15, plus local leader.
Min age 16 yrs
• 3 nights comfortable hotels, 2 nights
permanent camp and 7 nights
11 dinners included
11 To Serengeti via Olduvai Gorge,
afternoon game drive.
Serengeti
Plains
CHALLENGING/TOUGH
•
•
•
•
10 Crater game drive in Ngorongoro.
TANZANIA
Lake Manyara
Tarangire
An early start to reach Stella Point in
time for sunrise: on to Uhuru Peak.
Descend to Millennium Camp.
09 Mar
22 Jun
07 Sep
02 Nov
(see page 9).
Ngorongoro
Crater
8
Dates & Price Guide
2015
10 Game drive in Lake Manyara N.P.
Transfer to Arusha; end.
86
6
CHALLENGING/TOUGH
TYX
$5890
Giant ground cell plants on Kilimanjaro
Tanzania
6
AFRICA • TANZANIA
AFRICA • TANZANIA
10 days land only
5
3
ACCOMMODATION
10 Fly to Zanzibar; transfer to beach.
While on safari we stay at a hillside
lodge within the Ngorongoro
Conservation Area. All rooms are
en suite with their own veranda.
There is also a swimmimg pool and
a large open bar and dining area with
wonderful views. On Zanzibar we stay
at the Fumba Beach Lodge which has a
private beach, pool and spacious rooms.
11 Day at the beach.
12 Free time to relax by the pool or explore.
13 End Zanzibar.
Daily Distance (km)
4
5
6
7
15
8
7
8
9
10
10
22
11
5
P Premium
F
departure
P Fdeparture
P
Solo
F Family departure
87
from
13 days land only
$1900
from
Sunrise over Mt Kenya
Kenya
Views over the Simien Mountains
Ethiopia: Simien Mountains Trek
6
Africa's second highest mountain l Burguret to Sirimon Circuit l Sunrise over the Kenyan plains
Activity Level
The majestic triple peaks of Mt Kenya are a sight to behold. Following less used routes, we
follow the Burguret Route and Sirimon Trail to ascend and descend, passing spectacular
alpine moorland, forests, glaciers and tarns. Our goal is Point Lenana, at 4985m, the second
highest trekking peak in Africa. Snow-capped for much of the year, it is arguably a more
beautiful mountain than neighbouring Kilimanjaro. We add an acclimatisation day to the
trek as we pass the technical peaks of Batian (5199m) and Nelion (5188m).
Trip Code
CHALLENGING/TOUGH
TYA
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
•
1 night basic lodge and 4 nights full-service camping
Dates & Price Guide
START
19 Feb
16 Jul
15 Oct
2016
18 Feb
21 Jul
13 Oct
1
Start Nairobi; transfer to Mountain Rock Lodge (1950m);
acclimatisation walk to Mau Mau Caves.
2
Begin trek to Giant Bamboo Camp (2600m).
3
Ascend to Highland Castle Camp (3700m).
4
Scenic summit circuit to Shipton’s Camp (4236m).
5
Final ascent to Point Lenana (4985m); descend to Old Moses
Camp (3340m).
6
Descend; drive to Nairobi; end.
Nanyuki
Mountain
Rock Lodge
Old Moses
Camp
Sirimon
Route
Shipton’s Camp
Lenana
Batian
Burguret
Route Highland
Castle
from/to
Nairobi
MOUNT KENYA
KENYA
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
10
12
10
5
6
23
“A high altitude trek
with a difference! More
diversity, contrast and
beauty than any other
trekkable African peak.”
Activity Level
The dramatic skyline of peaks and jagged volcanic plugs towering over the highland
plateaux of the Simien Mountains compete with rugged gorges and deep gullies to form
what is, arguably, the most awe-inspiring landscape in Africa. As we trek through this
distant mountain range we pass small hamlets where villagers eke out an existence from
the limited arable land. We come across large troops of Gelada baboons foraging on the
escarpment, and, with luck, spot Walia ibex and Ethiopian wolves.
Trip Code
START
END
16 Feb
02 Mar
05 Oct
19 Oct
02 Nov
16 Nov
30 Nov
28 Feb
14 Mar
17 Oct
31 Oct
14 Nov
28 Nov
12 Dec
CHALLENGING
TYE
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
Luggage transported on mules
Good physical condition required
Group size 5 to 18, plus local and UK leaders.
Min age 18 yrs
• 9 nights wild camping and 4 nights standard hotels
2015
1
2016
11 Jan
15 Feb
29 Feb
03 Oct
17 Oct
31 Oct
14 Nov
28 Nov
23 Jan
27 Feb
12 Mar
15 Oct
29 Oct
12 Nov
26 Nov
10 Dec
Start Addis Ababa; half-day city tour.
2
Fly to Gondar; tour castles and Debre Birhan Selassie church.
3
Drive to Debark; start trekking to Buyit Ras Camp.
4
Trek to Geech via Jinbar Waterfall.
5
Daywalk to Imetgogo.
6
Trek to Chennek via Enatyie Escarpment.
7
Trek to Ambiko; ascend Bwuhit.
8
Ascent of Ras Dashen, highest point in Ethiopia.
9
Trek to Sona via Arkwasiye.
10 Descend to Ansiya Wenz River and on to Lamo Camp.
Debark
Gondar
Lake
Tana
9
Alistair Grice
Addis
Ababa
P Premium departure
11 Continue to Mulit Camp.
Ras Dashen
Simien
Mountains
ETHIOPIA
88
5
Spectacular natural beauty l Remote mountain villages l Fantastic endemic wildlife
Dates & Price Guide
END
2015
13 Feb
16 Jul
08 Oct
$3230
Ethiopia
Mt Kenya Ascent
14 Feb
11 Jul
10 Oct
AFRICA • ETHIOPIA
AFRICA • KENYA
6 days land only
Solo departure
F Family departure
12 Short walk to Adi Arkay where the trek finishes; drive to Gondar.
RESPONSIBLE TOURISM
Education is a key factor for both
the development of the inhabitants
of the Simien Mountains and for
environmental conservation. Some of
our leaders along with Exodus clients
have been supporting a small local
school, Debre Chewa, benefiting a
number of surrounding communities.
13 Fly to Addis; trip ends.
Daily Distance (km)
3
4
5
6
7
13
21
10
13
17
8
9
10
11
12
21
21
10
17
7
89
from
14 days land only
$2950
from
Drakensberg Mountains
South Africa, Swaziland
3
Hike through the Drakensberg l Safari in Kruger l Visit the kingdom of Swaziland
Activity Level
Rugged mountains, open grasslands, deep canyons and ancient woodlands characterise
the immense beauty and diversity of eastern South Africa. We spend our days exploring this
vast land: tracking its wildlife on foot, hiking through its highlands and forests and going on
game drives in the famous Kruger National Park. We complete our journey with a visit to the
lesser-known kingdom of Swaziland and enjoy a boat tour in St Lucia's wetlands.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
31 Jan
28 Feb
18 Apr
25 Jul
MODERATE
TZS
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
6½ days walking
Mixture of wildlife spotting and hiking
9 nights log cabins and chalets (2 nights in dorms)
and 5 nights full-service camping
START
END
08 Aug
05 Sep
10 Oct
31 Oct
22 Aug
19 Sep
24 Oct
14 Nov
06 Aug
03 Sep
08 Oct
30 Oct
20 Aug
17 Sep
22 Oct
13 Nov
3
Explore Panorama Route; optional afternoon walk.
4
Rainforest hike.
5
To Edemo private reserve; sunset game drives.
6
Morning game walk; afternoon visit Reptile Park.
• *Migratory bird season
7
Transfer to Kruger N.P.; afternoon game drive.
8
Morning game drive; transfer to Swaziland.
2015
Mpumalanga
Tzaneen
Blyde River Canyon
Pilgrim's Rest
Johannesburg
SOUTH
AFRICA
Drakensberg
LESOTHO
walking
Malolotja
N.P.
Kruger
N.P.
Mbabane
SWAZILAND
Royal
Natal
N.P.
Andringitra National Park
St
Lucia
Indian
Ocean
“Three of the walks
we did on the trip
should be included
in anyone’s top day
walks of the world.
Excellent value for
money.”
Trekking in Madagascar
1
Start Johannesburg; to Graskop.
2
Morning hike; afternoon at Pilgrim’s Rest.
Activity Level
This exciting itinerary allows us to experience the incredible diversity of Madagascar,
predominantly on foot. We trek in Andringitra National Park, one of the most beautiful and
biodiverse parks on the island, and in Isalo National Park with its unique landscape of rock
formations, deep canyons, waterfalls and natural swimming pools. We go in search of
lemurs in Anja Reserve and visit Ranomafana National Park, walking through spectacular
scenery in the hope of spotting endemic lemurs, including dancing sifakas. Throughout the
trip, the unique wildlife of this island will enchant and amaze.
Trip Code
START
END
29 Mar
05 Jul
16 Aug
30 Aug
13 Sep
27 Sep
11 Apr
18 Jul
29 Aug
12 Sep
26 Sep
10 Oct
2016
27 Mar
03 Jul
14 Aug
28 Aug
11 Sep
25 Sep
09 Apr
16 Jul
27 Aug
10 Sep
24 Sep
08 Oct
Visit craft market and on to St Lucia.
11
Morning boat cruise and game walk; free afternoon.
12
Transfer to Royal Natal N.P.
Antananarivo
MADAGASCAR
Ambositra
Morning walk in the Drakensberg; transfer to
Johannesburg; end Johannesburg.
Ambalavao
Isalo N.P.
Ifaty
Daily Distance (km)
2
4
6
9
16
18
10
Andringitra
N.P.
Peak Boby
Ranohira
11
13
14
5
16
15
Tulear
walking areas
15
Roger Reeves
90
•
•
•
•
•
5 days walking with full porterage, 3 shorter daywalks
Luggage porterage included
8 nights hotels with en suite facilities, 5 nights full-service
camping, some basic campsites, all with shared facilities
1
Start Antananarivo.
2
Morning city tour; transfer to Ambositra.
3
To Antoetra; full-day trek through hills and rice fields,
visiting local villages.
4
Transfer to Ranomafana N.P.
5
Morning visit to Ranomafana N.P.; transfer to Ambalavao
in the afternoon.
9
Visit Anya Reserve to look for Ring-tailed lemurs; to Isalo N.P.
13/14 Two days hiking in the Drakensberg Mountains.
15
TZM
At a Glance
6/7/8 Early transfer to Andringitra N.P. to start the three-day trek
to climb Peak Boby.
Full day walk in Malolotja.
10
2015
9
4
Trek in Isalo National Park l Climb Peak Boby l See lemurs in the wild
Dates & Price Guide
2016
16 Jan*
30 Jan
13 Feb*
27 Feb
19 Mar * 02 Apr
16 Apr
30 Apr
09 Jul
23 Jul
$3390
Madagascar
South African Walking Safari
17 Jan*
14 Feb*
04 Apr*
11 Jul
AFRICA • MADAGASCAR
AFRICA • SOUTH AFRICA, SWAZILAND
15 days land only
“A breathtaking trip,
with the perfect
balance of stunning
scenery, fascinating
wildlife, cultural
experiences and
wonderful people!”
10/11 Two-day trek in Isalo N.P.
12
To west coast and beaches; overnight in Ifaty.
13
Free time for relaxation or optional activities at Ifaty beach.
14
Fly to Antananarivo and end.
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
5
6
2
13
15
9
7
8
10
11
13
7
7
8
Alison Church
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
91
Asia
TRIP NAME
TRIP CODE
ACTIVITY LEVEL PAGE
NEPAL
Everest Base Camp
TNT
5
95
Everest Base Camp & Gokyo Lakes
TNE
6
96
High Passes to Everest Base Camp
TNG
7
Everest North Col
TCC
Chulu Far East
TNY
Mera Peak
TNB
NEW
NEW
97
9
97
9
98
9
98
Annapurna Sanctuary
TNS
4
99
Annapurna Circuit
TNQ
5
100
Mini Annapurna Circuit
TNH
Annapurna in Luxury
TNX
2
101
Langtang & Gosainkund
TNL
4
102
TNN
4
103
TBB
2
103
104
Shangri La Trek
NEW
5
101
BHUTAN
The Bumthang Valley
TBC
3
Ladakh: Stok Kangri Climb
Bhutan: Land of The Thunder Dragon
TGP
7
Trails of Ladakh
TGX
3
106
Ladakh: The Markha Valley
TGR
5
106
INDIA
Grand Traverse of the Indian Himalaya
TGI
7
105
107
In Search of the Snow Leopard
TGL
3
108
Darjeeling, Sikkim & The Singalila Ridge
TBS
3
108
Spice Trails of Kerala
TGK
3
109
TGY
3
110
Highlands of Sri Lanka
THE FAR EAST
Trekking in Burma
Indonesia Volcano Trek
Trails of Borneo
TOM
TOJ
AOB
4
NEW
111
5
112
4
113
Mt Fuji & the Japanese Alps
TOP
5
114
Walking the Great Wall
TCW
4
115
Main Photograph: Bromo, Indonesia. Page 112
92
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
93
ASIA • NEPAL
16 days land only
from
Why Exodus?
Views of Everest from Kala Pattar, 5545m
Experience: We are the UK pioneers for group
teahouse treks (simple but comfortable mountain
lodges) and have successfully operated them for over
30 years.
Nepal
Everest Base Camp
Safety Measures: Your safety is paramount to us.
We offer one of the highest guide to client ratios on
the mountain, at least 1 guide to 4 clients, and on high
altitude treks carry ‘Portable Altitude Chambers’
(PAC bags), used to treat altitude sickness, should this
be needed.
Valued Guides: We are proud to say that we have some
of the most exceptional and experienced guides in
Nepal. Many of them have been working with us for up
to 20 years!
Training: Your enjoyment depends on the quality of the
trek crew, hence we invest heavily in the training of our
local staff.
5
Complete the iconic Himalayan trek l Admire Mt Everest from Kala Pattar l Explore Kathmandu
Activity Level
Taking you to the most iconic base camp of all, at the foot of the greatest mountain in the
world, Mount Everest (8848m), this is one of the world's classic treks. Walking through
Sherpa country past cultivated fields and small villages, we have time to acclimatise before
reaching spectacular high altitude scenery: the incredible monastery at Thyangboche,
views of Ama Dablam, Everest and other mighty Himalayan peaks. As well as reaching
Base Camp, we have the opportunity to climb Kala Pattar (5545m) for a breathtaking
view of the highest mountain on Earth.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
START
END
2015
Himalaya Projects
From installing over 100 solar cookers and smokeless
stoves in the Everest region to implementing a nowater-bottle initiative in the Indian Himalaya, Exodus
is working tirelessly to give back to the communities
we trek through. For more information see:
www.exodustravels.com/responsible-travel
Cho Oyu
TIBET
NEPAL
Kala
Pattar
Base
Camp
Everest
Lhotse
Gokyo
Valley
Dingboche
Taweche
Pangboche
Ama
Dablam
Namche Bazaar
Everest Base Camp trek
Phakding
from/to Kathmandu
Lukla
Main Photograph: Approach to Kangshung Face of Everest, Tibet. Page 97.
94
$1940
Everest
The Himalayas are the natural habitat for any born
trekker. This extensive range is crowned at 8848m
by Mount Everest, the tallest and possibly greatest
mountain on Earth. Its jagged peak is a magnificent
sight at any angle, whether soaring above Everest
Base Camp or seen from more distant trails.
17 Jan
21 Feb
14 Mar
21 Mar
28 Mar*
04 Apr
11 Apr
14 Apr*
18 Apr
25 Apr
02 May
19 Sep
01 Feb
08 Mar
29 Mar
05 Apr
14 Apr
19 Apr
26 Apr
01 May
03 May
10 May
17 May
04 Oct
26 Sep
P 03
F Oct
10 Oct
17 Oct
24 Oct
31 Oct
07 Nov
14 Nov
21 Nov
15 Dec
P 22
F Dec
11 Oct
18 Oct
25 Oct
01 Nov
08 Nov
15 Nov
22 Nov
29 Nov
06 Dec
30 Dec
06 Jan
2016
16 Jan
31 Jan
13 Apr* 30 Apr
P 16
F Apr* 03 May
20 Feb
06 Mar
12 Mar
27 Mar
21 Apr
06 May
19 Mar
03 Apr
30 Apr
15 May
26 Mar 10 Apr
17 Sep
02 Oct
02 Apr* 19 Apr
24 Sep
09 Oct
09 Apr
24 Apr
01 Oct
16 Oct
• Optional single supplement $150 (Kathmandu only)
• Chitwan extension available - see page 96
• *Expedition itinerary (19 days) - see Trip Notes for details
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
5
6
7
6
11
10
4.8
10
4.8
P Premium departure
8
9
10
11
12
13
Solo departure
8.4
12
13.4
14.8
12
P F
CHALLENGING
TNT
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
•
12 days point-to-point walking with full porterage
3 nights standard hotels, 12 nights teahouses
EXPEDITION TREKS
1
Experience life with an Everest
summit expedition by spending two
extra nights with a climbing team
at Base Camp at the foot of the
spectacular Khumbu Ice Fall. On these
departures you will also meet and
have dinner with Ang Phurba, the only
surviving Nepali from the 1953 Hilary
and Tenzing Norgay expedition. See
date & price guide for this trip and TNE
on page 96 for relevant departures.
2
Short but spectacular flight to Lukla (2800m); trek to Phakding.
3
Follow the Dudh Kosi and ascend to Namche Bazaar
(3440m), with time to explore the Sherpa villages.
4
Acclimatisation walk to Kunde and Khumjumg; descend
to Kyanjuma.
5
Trek through the Sherpa heartland to the monastery at
Thyangboche (3867m) for superb mountain views.
6
Continue up the Khumbu Valley and then the Imja Valley to
Dingboche (4530m).
7
Spend the day at Dingboche for acclimatisation.
8
Continue the ascent to Lobuje (4930m).
9
Visit Everest Base Camp; overnight at Gorak Shep (5180m).
VALERIE PARKINSON
The 28 March 2015 trek will be led by
Valerie Parkinson, who attempted
Everest herself in spring 2009 and
whose experience and knowledge
of both the area and being part of a
climbing expedition, will add an extra
dimension to the trek.
Start Kathmandu.
10 Climb Kala Pattar (5545m) for classic mountain views of
Everest; descend to Pheriche.
11 Retrace our steps to Kyanjuma.
12 Descend to Phakding.
13 Continue to Lukla.
14 Fly to Kathmandu.
15 Free day in Kathmandu to explore the city, perhaps visit the
Hindu Temple of Pashupatinath or walk around the incredible
Boudhanath Stupa.
16 End Kathmandu.
6
F Family departure
95
from
23 days land only
$2570
from
23 days land only
$2660
from
$15960
Emerald waters of the Gokyo Lakes
Advanced Basecamp
Nepal
Nepal
Nepal, Tibet
Everest Base Camp & Gokyo Lakes
High Passes to Everest Base Camp
Everest North Col Expedition
Reach Everest Base Camp l Trek 3 passes and 5 summits
Climb to 7066m l Follow footsteps of Mallory and Irvine
Follow the trails taken by many great Everest climbers and tackle some of
the most incredible passes and summits in the Himalayas on the ultimate
trek in the Everest region. Constantly surrounded by amazing views, glacial
lakes and quiet valleys, and with most of the walking above 3600m, this
tough trek will appeal to those who are fit and have previously trekked
at altitude.
Exodus is returning to the North Col of Everest. Led by legendary Exodus
leader Valerie Parkinson, this expedition allows you to experience the Everest
only ever seen by those who dare to venture further than Everest Base Camp.
Passing the famous Magic Highway, Advanced Base Camp at 6,400m, and
finally on to the North Col, this truly is a once in a lifetime adventure.
6
Trek the remote Gokyo Valley l Ascend Kala Pattar and Gokyo Ri l Iconic trail to Everest Base Camp
Activity Level
This high altitude Everest Base Camp trek explores the heart of the Sherpa homeland, from
Namche Bazaar to the Gokyo Valley, crossing the glaciated Cho La Pass and on to the classic
route to Everest Base Camp used by the great climbing parties. Allowing ample time for
acclimatisation, we are able to explore this high mountain wilderness, the quieter Gokyo
Valley as well as the main Everest trails. Our goal is Everest Base Camp on the Khumbu
Glacier with the chance to climb the iconic Kala Pattar (5545m), which offers fabulous
close-up views of Mount Everest.
Trip Code
CHALLENGING/TOUGH
TNE
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
Group normally 4 to 16, plus leader and appropriate
• 4 nights standard hotels, 15 nights teahouses
• 18 breakfasts included
1
Start Kathmandu.
2
Flight to Lukla. Head northwards up the valley of the Dudh
Kos, trek to the small settlement of Phakding.
3
Follow the Dudh Kosi and ascend to Namche Bazaar.
4
Explore the Sherpa villages around Namche Bazaar,
acclimatisation walk to Thamo.
Dates & Price Guide
16 Return to Lukla.
START
18 Free day in Kathmandu.
19 End Kathmandu.
CHITWAN JUNGLE EXTENSION
Cross the Mong La into the Gokyo Valley and trek to Dole.
7
Continue to Machhermo.
Why not extend your holiday and visit
Chitwan National Park. Located in the
sub-tropical lowlands of Nepal, the
world famous jungle reserve is one of
the few remaining haunts of the Asian
one-horned rhino and is the perfect
complement to a trekking trip. Please
see Trip Notes for prices and details.
Climb Gokyo Ri (5360m); afternoon trek to Dragnag.
10 Cross the Cho La (5330m) and enter the main Khumbu
Valley; trek to Dzongla
11 Continue the ascent to Lobuje.
12 A long day to visit Everest Base Camp. Stay overnight
at Gorak Shep.
13 Climb Kala Pattar (5545m) for classic views of Everest.
Descend to Pheriche.
14 Trek to Thyangboche and visit the famous monastery.
Descend to Phunki Tenga and ascend to Kyanjuma.
12 Mar
29 Mar*
23 Apr
30 Mar
18 Apr
11 May
01 Oct
15 Oct
12 Nov
19 Oct
02 Nov
30 Nov
10 Mar
27 Mar*
21 Apr
28 Mar
16 Apr
09 May
29 Sep
13 Oct
10 Nov
17 Oct
31 Oct
28 Nov
TIBET
Daily Distance (km)
2
6
3
11
5
10
6
9
7 4
8
6
9 4
10
10
11 4
12
12
13
13.4
14
14.8
15
13
16 6
Kala
Pattar
Cho
La
Free time to explore Kathmandu.
3
Flight to Lukla. Trek to Phakding.
TNG
8
Ascend Nangkartshang Peak (5090m)
for views of Makalu.
9
Trek to Chukkung and ascend Chukkung
Ri (5,546m).
Everest
Lhotse
Ama
Dablam
16 Ascend Gokyo Peak (5360m).
17 Cross the Renzo La (5,345m) to Lungden.
Pangboche
NEPAL
At a Glance
6/7
Drive to Tingri and acclimatisation
walk (4300m).
8
Drive to Rongbuk, trek to Everest Base
Camp (5200m).
Dates & Price Guide
11
Interim Camp 1 (5766m).
12
Trek to Changse Base Camp (5800m).
13
Trek to Advanced Base Camp (6400m).
END
9/10 Acclimatisation at Base Camp.
04 Apr
26 Apr
25 Apr
17 May
17 Oct
08 Nov
31 Oct
22 Nov
14 Nov
06 Dec
14
(see page 11).
• Chitwan extension available
19/20 Return to Base Camp (5200m).
Ngozumpa
Glacier
Kala
Pattar
Gokyo Ri
Cho
La
Rest and acclimatisation.
Acclimitisation climb towards North Col.
16
Rest day.
17
18
21
Spare day.
23 End Kathmandu.
Thyangboche
Thame
22
Drive to Kathmandu.
23
End Kathmandu.
Everest
Lhotse
Namche Bazaar
from/to Kathmandu
Lukla
END
2015
11 May
(see page 11).
Tingri
EVEREST ADVANCED BASECAMP TREK
TIBET
Xixapangma
Nyalam
Cho Oyu
Kathmandu
Rongbuk
Everest
Zhangmu
NEPAL
Lukla
15 Trek back to Phakding via Namche and Monzo.
Kongma
La
Ama
Dablam
Dates & Price Guide
Drive to Nyalam or Zhangmu.
TIBET
Base
Camp
TCC
Luggage transported on yaks
Group normally 6 to 16, plus leader,
one climbing sherpa per two clients.
Min age 18 yrs
19 dinners included
• 10 nights hotel or guesthouse,
13 nights camping
19 Apr
Climb to the North Col (7066m).
TOUGH+
•
•
•
•
START
15
Chukkung Ri
Gokyo
Valley
Phakding
Free day in Kathmandu - equipment
checks and last minute preparation.
Leave Kathmandu and drive to Zhangmu.
Renzo La
Namche Bazaar
2
Drive to Nyalam and acclimatisation walks.
19 An easy day down to Phakding.
20 Return to Lukla.
Trip Code
4/5
18 Descend the through Thame to Namche.
Gokyo
Valley
Start Kathmandu.
3
2015
13 Trek to Dzongla; optional trek up Awi
Peak (5,245m).
Activity Level
1
• Group normally 4 to 16, plus leader and
appropriate local staff. Min age 18 yrs
• 4 nights standard hotels, 18 nights
teahouses
START
12 Ascend Kala Pattar (5,545m) for classic
views of Everest. Descend to Lobuje.
NEW
9
At a Glance
15 A short walk across the Ngozumpo
glacier to Gokyo Lake.
Base
Camp
TOUGH
Trip Code
14 Cross the Cho La (5,420m) into the
Gokyo Valley.
Cho Oyu
Ngozumpa
Glacier
Start Kathmandu.
2
11 Trek to Everest Base Camp, return to
Gorak Shep.
• Chitwan extension available
Gokyo Ri
1
Activity Level
10 Cross the Kongma La (5,535m) to Lobuje.
(Kathmandu only)
• *Expedition departure - see Trip
Notes for details
7
4/7 Trek through the Sherpa heartland
to Dingboche.
END
2016
Acclimatisation walk to Kunde and Khumjung, descend
to Kyanjuma.
9
START
2015
6
Trek to Gokyo Lake, a small settlement of lodges on the
shores of a blue lake. Afternoon, optional walk up the hill
behind camp for incredible views of the Ngozumpo Glacier.
END
5
8
96
ASIA • NEPAL, TIBET
ASIA • NEPAL
19 days land only
NEPAL
New for 2015, this climb will be
joined for the first 15 days with the
Everest Advanced Basecamp Trek,
officially the highest non-technical
trek in the world to 6,400m. For
more information please see the
TCC Trip Notes, or contact one of
our sales team.
trekking
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
97
22 days land only
$3710
from
Approaching Mera Peak
Nepal
Chulu Far East
Mera Peak Expedition
Climb a rarely tackled peak l The best of the Annapurna Circuit
Highest trekking peak in Nepal l Views of five 8000m peaks
Ideal for those wanting to extend their Himalayan climbing experience, this
trek heads on the classic Annapurna circuit trail towards the Chulu Massif,
through a wonderful variety of landscapes. We set up a base camp and high
camp before our summit attempt. Climbing sherpas will fix rope for the
steep sections and the well acclimatised will be rewarded with incredible
views from the summit.
A rewarding expedition, away from the Everest Base Camp trails to the quiet
Hinku Valley. Walk high alpine trails, where Mera Peak, the highest trekking
peak in Nepal at 6476m, towers over the valley. The climb is fairly nontechnical and anyone with ice-axe and crampon experience can attempt it.
With good acclimatisation and plenty of willpower, you can reach the summit
of this beautiful Himalayan peak.
Nepal
Slowly ascend the Marsyangdi Valley
to the village of Pisang.
7
Trek to Ngawal via Gyaru.
8/9 Trek to Chulu Far East Base Camp.
10
A short day to high camp (5,300m);
practice ice axe and crampon
techniques.
11
Climb Chulu Far East (6050m).
Descend to base camp.
12/13 Trek to Manang.
14/15 Cross the Thorong La (5416m) to
Muktinath, a place of pilgrimage.
17
Descend to the Kali Gandaki Valley at
Eklabatti and follow trail to Jomsom.
18
Fly to Pokhara. Overnight in Pokhara.
19
Free day in Kathmandu.
20
End Kathmandu.
TNY
At a Glance
• 16 days point-to-point walking with
full porterage
• Use of ice axe and crampons
• Group normally 4 to 14, plus
leader, Sherpa climbing guides and
appropriate local staff. Min age 18yrs
teahouses, 6 nights full-service camping
• Breakfast only in Kathmandu,
all meals while camping
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
24 Mar
29 Sep
12 Apr
18 Oct
2015
2016
22 Mar
27 Sep
Chulu Far East
Ngawal
Activity Level
1
Start Kathmandu.
2
Free in Kathmandu.
3
Take the short but spectacular mountain
flight to Lukla and trek to Poyan.
4/7
Cross the Pangkongma La and Sukye
La into the Hinku Valley.
8/9
Ascend the Hinku Valley to Tangnak.
10
Acclimatisation day at Tangnak.
• Optional single supplement $240 (3 nights hotel and
6 nights single tent)
11/12 Trek to base camp above Khare; time
for acclimatisation, ice axe and
crampon practice.
13
Trek to the Mera La.
14
Trek to high camp (5800m).
15
Climb Mera Peak (6476m).
20
Fly to Kathmandu.
21
Free in Kathmandu for individual
sightseeing.
22
End Kathmandu.
Everest
Lhotse
Makalu
Namche Bazaar
Zatrwa La
from/to Kathmandu
to Kathmandu
START
END
21 Mar
26 Sep
11 Apr
17 Oct
19 Mar
24 Sep
09 Apr
15 Oct
2015
Start Kathmandu.
2
Drive to Pokhara and on to Naya Pul; short walk Birethanthi.
3
Climb one step at a time to the top of Ulleri.
4
Ascend through rhododendron forests to Ghorepani (2855m).
5
Optional dawn ascent of Poon Hill for incredible views of the
Annapurnas, Machhapuchhare and Dhaulagiri at sunrise.
After breakfast head through rhododendron forests to Chuili.
6
Descend to the Kyumnu Khola and climb up and contour
round into the Modi Khola valley to Chomrong.
7
Trek up the Modi Khola valley towards the Annapurna
Sanctuary. Overnight in Dovan.
8
Continue up the valley to Machhapuchhare Base Camp
(3700m).
9
Explore the high alpine wilderness of the Annapurna
Sanctuary. Stay at Annapurna Base Camp.
2016
Mera Peak
Lukla
Hinku
Valley
TNS
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Numerous ascents and descents on stone step trails
3 nights standard hotels, 11 nights teahouses
Dates & Price Guide
1
10 Descend back down the valley to Bamboo.
11 Trek up and down on stone steps to Chomrong. Descend
steeply through terraces to Jhinnudanda.
Chukkung Ri
Mera La
trekking
full porterage
• Climbing experience recommended
• Group normally 4 to 8, plus leader,
Sherpa climbing guides and
• 4 nights standard hotels, 15 lodges,
2 nights full-service camping
• All breakfasts included, full board on trek
(see page 11).
• Optional single supplement $190 (5 nights only)
• Chitwan extension available- see page 96
TIBET
NEPAL
TNB
At a Glance
Dates & Price Guide
16/19 Return to Lukla over the Zatrwa La.
Cho Oyu
TOUGH+
Trip Code
10 Apr
16 Oct
(see page 11).
ki
K
Gaali
nd
a
TOUGH+
Trip Code
Trip Code
12 Trek down to Birethanti, on the banks of the Modi Khola.
Transfer from Naya Pul to Pokhara.
13 Fly back to Kathmandu.
14 Free day in Kathmandu to explore the city and its numerous
historical sites.
START
END
28 Feb
21 Mar
18 Apr
26 Sep
03 Oct
14 Mar
04 Apr
02 May
10 Oct
17 Oct
27 Feb
19 Mar
16 Apr
24 Sep
01 Oct
12 Mar
02 Apr
30 Apr
08 Oct
15 Oct
START
END
10 Oct
24 Oct
07 Nov
21 Nov
12 Dec
24 Oct
07 Nov
21 Nov
05 Dec
26 Dec
08 Oct
22 Oct
05 Nov
19 Nov
12 Dec
22 Oct
05 Nov
19 Nov
03 Dec
26 Dec
2015
2016
• Optional single supplement $160 (Kathmandu and Pokhara only)
y
3/6
Activity Level
Activity Level
The Annapurna Himal is a vast massif with several peaks above 7000m. Part of the range
forms a natural amphitheatre known as the Annapurna Sanctuary, ringed by such giants as
Annapurna 1, Glacier Dome, Gangapurna, Fang and Machhapuchhare. Making our way to
the magnificent Sanctuary, we trek through forested hillsides, marvelling at panoramic
views of the Annapurna before reaching higher altitudes and close-up mountain views like
no other. We have a day to explore this breathtaking place before returning to Pokhara via
a different route.
ki V
alle
Scenic drive to Besisahar; begin trek.
4
Annapurna Base Camp l Sunrise views from Poon Hill l One of the best treks in Nepal
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
5
6
7
2
12
10
16
8
10
8
9 3
10
11
12
9
Dhaulagiri
da
Start Kathmandu.
2
9
Annapurna Sanctuary
an
NEW
9
1
$1660
Dhaulagiri from Poon Hill
Nepal
from
TIBET
NEPAL
Nilgiri
Annapurna I
Annapurna Sanctuary
Annapurna
Annapurna II
South
Manaslu
Ghorepani
Machhapuchhare
Himalchuli
Landrung
Poon Hill
li G
Annapurna Circuit towards Chulu
15 days land only
$3800
14
9
15
Ka
from
ASIA • NEPAL
ASIA • NEPAL
20 days land only
Birethanti
Pokhara
15 End Kathmandu.
98
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
99
from
15 days land only
$2150
from
13 days land only
$2000
from
The high route from Pisang
Ascent to the Thorong La
Nepal
Nepal
Annapurna Circuit
5
One of the world's classic treks l Cross the formidable Thorong La l Spend time in Kathmandu
Activity Level
The Annapurna Circuit - rightly known as Nepal's classic trek - offers more variety than any
other equivalent length trek, taking us through virtually every type of scenery that Nepal has
to offer. There are superb views of the Annapurna and Dhaulagiri and an amazing variety
of landscapes ranging from sub-tropical through alpine peaks to an arid semi-desert akin
to Tibet. The climax of the trek is crossing the iconic Thorong La Pass (5416m).
Trip Code
1
Start Kathmandu.
2
Scenic drive to Besisahar. Trek to Bhulebule.
3
Start the slow ascent of the Marsyangdi Valley.
Overnight in Jagat.
4
Reach the village of Dharapani.
5
Continue ascending through forest to Temang and descend
to Chame.
6
Continue ascending through forested hillsides past the rock
face of Paungdi Danda to the village of Pisang.
7
Slowly ascend the Marsyangdi Valley to the village
of Manang.
8
Acclimatisation day in Manang.
9
Start heading towards the Thorong La. Half-day trek to reach
the lodge in Yak Kharka; afternoon acclimatisation walk.
10 Short half day walk to Phedi, at the foot of the Thorong La.
11 Cross the mighty Thorong La (5416m) to Muktinath,
a place of pilgrimage.
12 Trek through beautiful barren landscapes to reach the
village of Kagbeni.
13 Trek along the Kali Gandaki Gorge, beneath the great peaks
of Dhaulagiri and Annapurna via Dumba Lake to Marpha.
14 Continue to follow the Kali Gandaki Valley;
overnight in Larjung.
15 Cross the Kali Gandaki and trek past Titi Tal to Lete
and descend to Ghasa.
17 A long climb up through the villages of Ghara,
Shika and Chitre to Ghorepani.
18 Optional early morning walk up Poon Hill for
sunrise before a long descent to Birethanthi.
19 Short wak to NayaPul and drive to Pokhara.
Afternoon free in Pokhara.
20 Fly or drive to Kathmandu.
TNQ
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
Snow and ice may be encountered
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
22 Feb
22 Mar
12 Apr
27 Sep
04 Oct
15 Mar
12 Apr
03 May
18 Oct
25 Oct
START
END
18 Oct
01 Nov
15 Nov
14 Dec+
08 Nov
22 Nov
29 Nov
04 Jan
2015
2016
22 End Kathmandu.
Daily Distance (km)
2
9
3
12
4
13
5
15
6
16
7
12
8 ACCLIMATISATION WALK
9
9
10
8
CHALLENGING
11
13
12
10
13
16
14
13
15
15
16
14
17
15
18
16
19 2
21 Feb
20 Mar
10 Apr
25 Sep
02 Oct
13 Mar
10 Apr
01 May
16 Oct
23 Oct
16 Oct
30 Oct
13 Nov
14 Dec
06 Nov
20 Nov
04 Dec
04 Jan
• +New Year's day on Poon Hill
(Kathmandu only)
• Chitwan extension available see page 96
Annapurna Circuit
$3560
Views of the Annapurnas
Nepal
NEW
Annapurna in Luxury
PREMIUM
Annapurna Circuit in two weeks l Sunset and sunrise over the Annapurnas
Comfortable accommodation l Gentle trekking
The perfect trek for those who would like to experience Nepal's classic
Annapurna Circuit trek in just two weeks. With superb views of the
Annapurnas and Dhaulagiri and the chance to cross the formidable
Thorong La Pass it's no wonder this remains one of Nepal's classic treks.
A demanding yet excellent introduction to walking in the Himalaya.
From ancient Kathmandu to game-watching in Chitwan, this trip showcases
the best of Nepal. The highlight is a short trek in the Annapurna foothills,
surrounded by magnificent mountain views. Using luxury lodges we offer a
higher standard of comfort than is normally available on trek. Each lodge has
twin rooms, attached bathrooms, hot running water, a dining room, gardens
and stunning views.
5
Activity Level
Start Kathmandu.
2
Scenic drive to Besisahar.
Trek to Bhulebule.
At a Glance
3
Start the slow ascent of the Marsyangdi
Valley. Overnight in Jagat.
4
Reach the village of Dharapani (1,943m)
5
Continue ascending through forest to
Temang and descend to Chame.
6
Continue ascending through forested
hillsides past the rock face of Paungdi
Danda to the village of Pisang (3,185m)
full porterage
• Snow and ice may be encountered
• Group normally 4 to 16, plus leader
and appropriate local staff.
Min age 18 yrs
• 3 nights standard hotels and
11 nights teahouses
A choice of two routes today (a longer
one and a shorter one) to reach the
village of Manang.
8
Acclimatisation day in Manang. Possible
walks include heading to the enormous
icefall that crashes and rumbles down
from Gangapurna or a steep climb above
Manang to a hermitage.
9
Start heading towards the Thorong La.
Half day trek to reach the lodge in
Yak Kharka; in the afternoon
acclimatisation walk.
10 Short half day walk to Phedi, at the foot
of the Thorong La.
Dates & Price Guide
START
29 Mar
19 Apr
25 Oct
15 Nov
(see page 11).
11 Cross the mighty Thorong La (5,416m)
to Muktinath, a place of pilgrimage.
Start Kathmandu.
Trip Code
2
Free day to explore Kathmandu.
3
Fly or drive to Pokhara in the shadow
of the Annapurnas and start trek to the
Sanctuary Lodge at Birethanti (1150m).
At a Glance
4/8 Trek through beautiful villages in the
foothills of the Annapurnas.
9
Rafting to a fixed camp on the banks
of the Seti River.
10 Morning rafting and afternoon transfer
to Chitwan.
11 Elephant rides, bird watching walks and
river trips in Chitwan.
LEISURELY/MODERATE
TNX
full porterage (one optional walk)
• Group normally 4 to 16, plus local leader
and appropriate staff. Min age 16 yrs
• 4 nights hotels, 5 nights mountain
lodges, 2 nights jungle lodge, 1 night
riverside camp
8 dinners included
Dates & Price Guide
13 End Kathmandu.
START
END
2015
Daily Distance (km)
3
4
6
2
7
8
11
10
Dhaulagiri
8
4
TIBET
Annapurna
Manaslu
Pokhara
12 Trek via Lupra to Jomsom.
Activity Level
1
12 Return to Kathmandu.
END
2015
15 Mar
05 Apr
11 Oct
01 Nov
NEPAL
17 Mar
28 Apr
29 Sep
13 Oct
27 Oct
24 Nov
29 Mar
10 May
11 Oct
25 Oct
08 Nov
06 Dec
(see page 11).
(6 nights Kathmandu, Pokhara and Chitwan)
Seti River
13 Fly to Pokhara; afternoon free to explore
the lakeside at Pokhara.
Kathmandu
Chitwan N.P.
walking area
15 End Kathmandu.
P Premium departure
TNH
Trip Code
7
2
CHALLENGING
1
INDIA
16 Trek on an undulating trail through small settlements
to Tatopani famous for its hot springs.
100
ASIA • NE PAL
ASIA • NE PAL
22 days land only
Solo departure
F Family departure
101
from
17 days land only
$1660
from
ASIA • NEPAL, BHUTAN
ASIA • NEPAL
15 days land only
12 days land only
$3420
from
Lake Gosainkund
En route towards the Jaljala Pass
$4660
Jambay Lhakhang Festival
Nepal
Nepal
Shangri La Trek
The Bumthang Valley
Explore remote western Nepal l Cross the Jaljala
Spectacular Bhutanese festivals l Enjoy gentle Himalayan hiking
Also called the Guerrilla Trek, this exciting route into Western Nepal was once
the heartland of the 2006 revolution. Today, the former Maoist trails make
a fascinating trek, through remote mountains where people are still largely
unaffected by commercialisation. Surrounded by terraced hills and ancient
villages, we enjoy fantastic panoramic views of snowy peaks, whilst camping
each night in the peaceful beauty of the Himalayas.
Bhutan is one of the world’s great off-the-beaten-path destinations with
mountain-top temples, towering peaks and a unique culture. As well
as seeing the country’s highlights, we head to central Bhutan where we
meander through meadows, forests and bamboo groves. We then witness
the masked and fire dances and other festivities of one of Bhutan’s less
visited festivals (Domkhar in May and Jambay Lakhang in November). Note
that different departures follow different itineraries.
4
Remote and quiet trails l Magnificent holy Gosainkund Lake l Fantastic flora and fauna
Activity Level
The stunning Langtang Valley lies to the north of Kathmandu and sees fewer trekkers than
the Annapurna or Everest regions. In Autumn we are blessed with superb views of the great
peak of Langtang Lirung (7246m), while in spring this is an ideal route for those interested
in birds and flowers. The trek takes us to the glaciers below Langtang Lirung, perhaps the
summits of Kyanjin Ri or Tsergo Ri for some magnificent panoramas, and the spectacular
holy lake at Gosainkund, an important place of pilgrimage.
Trip Code
3
Trek along the Langtang Kola to Lama Hotel.
4
Start walking the undulating trails through forest of oak and
rhododendron, before the ascent to Langtang.
5
Dates & Price Guide
START
2015
Trek further up the valley for spectacular mountain views,
heading to Kyanjin Gompa below Langtang Lirung.
6
Explore the area with optional treks to Kyanjin Ri (4300m) or
Tsergo Ri (4984m).
7
Walk back westwards to Ghora Tabela and on towards
Lama Hotel.
8
Continue down the valley and further up to Syabru.
9
Climb up to the small monastery at Sing Gompa.
10 Spectacular ridge walk to Gosainkund Lakes with panoramic
views of the Annapurnas, Himalchuli, Manaslu and Ganesh
Himal to the West and Langtang Himal to the North-East.
11 Trek on rugged terrain to cross the Laurebena Pass (4610m).
12 Descend through the Helambu Valley to Kutumsang.
13 Continue the descent through villages to Chisopani.
14 After a short walk, drive to Kathmandu.
END
29 Mar
26 Apr
27 Sep
11 Oct
08 Nov
12 Apr
10 May
11 Oct
25 Oct
22 Nov
27 Mar
24 Apr
25 Sep
09 Oct
06 Nov
10 Apr
08 May
09 Oct
23 Oct
20 Nov
2016
Daily Distance (km)
3
4
5
6
7
8
13
12
7
OPTIONAL WALK
20
12
9
10
11
12
13
14
9
12
15
17
12
“A fantastic trek
through everchanging scenery.”
TIBET
Xixapangma
Langtang
Lirung Tsergo Ri
Langtang
Langsisha
Valley
Gyangchempo
Syabrubensi
Kyangjin
Ganesh
Himal
Trip Code
2/3
Drive to Sulichaur.
4
Trek to Jelbang (1627m).
At a Glance
5
Cross the first Jaljala Pass (3170m).
6/7
Cross the Shyaubari Pass.
8
Cross Tila Pass and descend to
Uppallo Sera.
9
Trek through the forest to Niseldhor.
10
Cross the Uttar Ganga River and on
to Dhorpatan.
14
Continue to Taharet via Babichaur.
15
Trek to Beni, drive to Pokhara.
16
Fly to Kathmandu.
17
End Kathmandu.
Lauribena
Pass
Trisuli
Bazaar
Dhaulagiri
NEPAL
Lukum
Helambu
Chisopani
trekking
Jelbang
Activity Level
Arrive Kathmandu.
Trip Code
2
Flight to Paro; drive to Thimpu; visit
Semtokha and Trashichi Dzongs.
At a Glance
3
Visit Memorial Chorten; drive to Punakha
via Dochula, Chimi Lhakhang and
Punakha Dzong.
4
Visit Wangdi Dzong en route to
Bumthang.
• 3 days point-to-point trekking
• Non-strenuous hike but reasonable
fitness required
• Group normally 4 to 16, plus local
• 9 nights hotels with en suite facilities
and 2 nights full-service camping
dinners included
5
Domkhar Festival.
6
To Thangbi Lhakhang; trek to camp
at Nglakang.
7
Climb to Phelhe La; descend to
Takung Valley.
2015
8
16 Mar
02 Nov
2016
Walk to Gamling; drive via Mebar Tsho
to Bumthang.
9
Fly to Paro; city tour
27 Feb
15 Oct
14 Mar
31 Oct
START
END
(single hotel and tent)
LEISURELY/MODERATE
1
28 Feb
17 Oct
(see page 11).
Jaljala
Kathmandu
TNN
Dates & Price Guide
12/13 Descent to Takam with an optional
side trip to Mattikhanna.
2
full porterage
dinners included
Cross the second Jaljala Pass and
camp at the top with views of the
Annapurnas and Dhaulagiri.
Gosainkund Lakes
15 End Kathmandu.
Celianne Crocker
Start Kathmandu.
11
6
Activity Level
1
ki
Drive to Syabrubensi.
4
da
2
Trekking in remote areas
Altitude max 4610m (optional 4984m), average 2740m
an
Start Kathmandu.
•
•
•
•
li G
1
TNL
At a Glance
TBB
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
2015
10 Hike to Tiger’s Nest monastery.
12 Fly to London.
TIBET
Gankar Punsum
25 Apr*
24 Oct#
06 May
04 Nov
Dates and prices correct at time of publication (see
page 11).
• *Domkhar Festival
• #Jambay Lhakhang Festival
Ka
Nepal, Bhutan
Dhorpatan
Phalegaon
Beni
NEPAL
Chomolhari
Annapurna I
Jaljala
Bumthang
to
Kathmandu
Thimpu
Paro
Punakha
Jakar
Wangdi
Phrodang
Sulichaur
from/to
Kathmandu
Trongsa
BHUTAN
trekking
Bhaluban
0
from Kathmandu
102
P Premium departure
Solo departure
50
100 km
INDIA
F Family departure
103
from
15 days land only
$4750
from
Prayer flags from the Tiger’s Nest
Nepal, Bhutan
3
Hike along a classic trade route l Visit the Tiger's Nest Monastery l Witness Bhutan's colourful festivals
Activity Level
This trip takes us on a journey along an ancient, high-level trade route in a country visited
by only a lucky few. We trek through splendid rhododendron forests, past yak herder
settlements, across several passes and camp beside clear, blue mountain lakes with
spectacular views of the peaks which border Tibet. We also experience Bhutan's fascinating
culture and its colourful festivals with masked dances and general joviality. Please note
that different departures follow different itineraries.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
05 Apr
25 Sep
28 Oct
• +No Festival
(limited availability)
• Chitwan extension available • *Paro Festival
see page 96
• #Thimpu Festival
Jichudrake
Phajoding
Monastery
trekking
20
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
7 nights hotels with en suite facilities, 4 nights
full-service camping in two-person tents
40
60 km
1
Start Kathmandu.
2
Fly to Paro; visit Paro Dzong and museum.
Approaching the summit of Palam Peak (5,380m)
Ladakh: Stok Kangri Climb
4
Trek to Jele Dzong.
5
Trek to Tsokam.
6
Trek to Jimi Lang Tsho.
7
Trek to Labana.
Paro and Thimpu Festivals
8
Cross the Labana La and descend to Motithang, drive to Thimpu.
The March and September departures
coincide with the Paro and Thimpu
Festivals respectively. These
colourful festivals attract hundreds
of Bhutanese who gather to see the
monks in their vibrant brocade robes
perform ritual dances. Please be
aware that during festival time, hotels
and flights are extremely busy and it
is possible that amendments may be
made to the itinerary.
9
Sightseeing in Thimpu; drive to Paro.
Activity Level
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
25 Jul#
08 Aug
22 Aug
08 Aug
22 Aug
05 Sep
23 Jul
06 Aug
20 Aug#
06 Aug
20 Aug
03 Sep
2016
• Kashmir extension also available: see page 107
• #Led by Valerie Parkinson: see Trip Notes
10 Paro Festival and museum.
Khardung La
9
11
12
Thikse
Palam
Peak
Daily Distance (km)
Stok
La
7
8
13
from/to
Delhi
Stok
Ganda
La
• Experience of using ice axes and crampons strongly
advised for anyone intending to summit
• Altitude max 5260m (6153m with climb), average 4600m
• Group normally 4 to 16, plus leader, climbing guides
and appropriate local staff. Min age 18 yrs
• 6 nights en suite hotels, 8 nights full-service camping
GOLDEN TRIANGLE EXTENSION
1
Start Delhi.
2
Fly to Leh (3500m); afternoon orientation walk.
3
Sightseeing in and around Leh including Thikse and
Shey Monasteries.
1 To Agra; Taj Mahal and Agra Fort
2 Drive to Fatepur Sikri and then on
to the 'pink city' of Jaipur.
3 Full day sightseeing in and around
Jaipur; Palace of the Winds, City
Palace and the Amber Fort.
4 Return to Delhi.
5 End Delhi
4
Acclimatisation walk in Leh Valley; optional jeep trip to the
Khardung La (one of the highest motorable roads in the world).
5
Drive to Choksi (3200m).
6
Climb out of the valley to Choksi Drok.
7
Short walk through marmot territory to a spectacular wild
camp at the base of Kang La.
8
Steep ascent to Kang La (5260m) and optional climb of
Palam Peak (5368m) for superb mountain vistas; cross
Ganda La (4970m).
9
Trek beside the river to Rumbak village.
Daily Distance (km)
RA
NG
E
INDIA
LADAKH
10
6
7
8
9
TGP
At a Glance
DA
KH
TOUGH (CLIMB = 9, TOUGH+)
This five day extension visits India's
Golden Triangle including the Taj
Mahal, Agra, Fatepur Sikri and Jaipur.
LA
12 End Kathmandu.
4
5
6
7
6000m Himalayan summit l Wild camps beneath starlit skies l Magnificent scenery of Ladakh
High above the Indus Valley, this rarely trodden route traverses the magnificent Ladakh
Mountains and culminates with the chance to ascend Stok Kangri (6153m). We leave the
Zanskar River behind and ascend from lush valleys to the tops of high passes from which
towering rock cathedrals rise. The dramatic, stark scenery of this high altitude desert is
softened only by the immense charm of the Ladakhi villages and their hardy inhabitants.
The summit climb itself is tough but entirely optional and there is an alternative glacier trek
for anyone not wishing to attempt it. From the summit panoramic views extend across
Ladakh to the Karakorams, the Himalaya and into Tibet.
2015
Hike to Takstang monastery.
FESTIVAL DEPARTURES
BHUTAN
0
TBC
3
Chomolhari
Taktsang
Monastery
MODERATE
2015
TIBET
$2660
India
Bhutan: Land of the Thunder Dragon
25 Mar*
14 Sep#
17 Oct+
ASIA • INDIA
ASIA • NEPAL, BHUTAN
12 days land only
6
4
11
9
10
11
11 4
12
14
13
11
10 Cross the Stok La (4900m) to Mankarmo.
11 Steady climb to Stok Kangri Base Camp; afternoon
equipment check, summit briefing and skill refresher session.
12 Ascent of Stok Kangri (6153m). The route is non-technical,
but there is a short exposed section near the summit.
13 Descend through Mankarmo to Stok and drive back to Leh.
14 Fly to Delhi.
15 End Delhi.
104
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
105
from
14 days land only
$2280
from
Japanese Peace Pagoda, Leh
22 days land only
$2090
from
Trekking towards Thachungste
India
India
Trails of Ladakh
Ladakh: The Markha Valley
Tibetan culture and monasteries l Quaint villages and magnificent scenery
Classic trekking route in ‘Little Tibet’ l Ancient Buddhist monasteries
Grand Traverse of the Indian Himalaya
Sandwiched between the western Himalaya, the Karakorum and the Tibetan
Plateau, lies the high altitude desert of Ladakh, or 'Little Tibet'. We take time
to acclimatise and to explore Leh, including the palace and several Buddhist
monasteries. The fairly gentle trek takes us further into this remote part of
India, where the way of life has remained unchanged for centuries.
Ladakh remains one of the best places to experience the unique culture of
the High Himalaya. As our trek follows the Markha River, we discover a
landscape where lofty peaks of the Stok, Matho and Zanskar Ranges tower
above picturesque Ladakhi villages and verdant valleys below. From the
highest pass, the Gongmaru La (5200m), we enjoy incredible views
extending as far as Tibet, before descending to Hemis, Ladakh's largest
and most famous monastery.
Activity Level
1
Start Delhi.
2
Fly to Leh (3500m); rest of the day free.
3/4 Two days in and around Leh to aid
acclimatisation; trips to Thikse and Shey
Monasteries and Leh Palace; optional
jeep trip to the Khardung La (5602m).
5
Optional rafting on the Indus; to Yangtang.
6
Start trek to Ullay (4023m).
7
Cross the Spangpo La (4082m) to Hemis
Shupachen.
8
Cross the Mebtak La and the Lago La to
Ang and on to Temisgam (3256m).
9
Cross the Skinyang La (4060m) to
Skinyang village (3531m).
TGX
1
Start Delhi.
1 optional daywalk
• Full porterage throughout the trek
leader and local staff. Min age 16 yrs
• 6 nights en suite hotels, 6 nights fullservice camping, 1 night guesthouse
• All breakfasts, 6 lunches and 7 dinners
included
2
Fly to Leh (3500m); rest of the day free.
START
Short drive to Jinchen; trek to Rumbak.
6
Pass Yurutse village to reach the base
of the Ganda La.
7
Cross the Ganda La (4970m) to Skyu
in the Markha Valley.
8
Follow the river to Markha (3753m).
9
Trek to Thachungste, visiting Tache
gompa perched above us en route.
START
6
Short walk to Kyamar (4584m).
2015
7
Cross the Kyamur La and Madalchen La (5233m) to Tisaling.
8
Over the Shibuk La (5293m) to Riyul.
9
Trek past Tso Kar (Salt Lake) and cross the Horlam Konke La
(4967m) to Rajung Karu.
12 Jul#
26 Jul
09 Aug
30 Aug
25 Jul
08 Aug
22 Aug
12 Sep
2016
10 Jul#
24 Jul
14 Aug
28 Aug
23 Jul
06 Aug
27 Aug
10 Sep
• Golden Triangle or Kashmir extension available:
see pages 105 and 107
2015
22 End Delhi.
• Golden Triangle extension also available: see page 105
KASHMIR EXTENSION
Nestled amidst snow-capped peaks and
dotted with beautiful lakes, the Vale of
Kashmir is the perfect place to unwind
before or after a Himalayan trek. Spend
three nights on board a sumptuous
British colonial style houseboat on
Srinagar’s Dal Lake, venturing by
shikara (gondola) to discover beautiful
Moghul gardens, visit craft workshops
and explore local markets.
10 Cross the Kyamayuri La (5435m) and the Gyame La
to Gyame.
11 Over the Yalung Nyau La (5455m) to Korzok Village and
Tso Moriri Lake.
12 Trek along the shores of Tso Moriri to Kyangdom.
Khardung La
Indus
13 Several river crossings take us to the entrance of the Parang
Chu Gorge.
14 Follow the wind eroded, pastel coloured cliffs of the gorge
to Phalung Phare (Plateau Camp).
15 Continue through the narrowing gorge to Tarang Yokma.
16 Trek to our camp at the base of the Parang La.
17 Cross the Parang La (5586m) into Spiti.
Daily Distance (km)
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
4
15
14
25
18
17
17
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
INDIA
trekking
23
10
Ind
us
Rumtse
Kumur La
Tisaling
Shibuk La
Pongunagu
Tsokar Lake
Horlam Konke La
Nurunchen
Kyamayuri La
Gyamabama
Yalung Nyau La
Mori Korzok
Plains
Tso Moriri
Lake
Kyangdom
Hemis
Kunzum La
Manali
19
19
from Delhi
Leh
Thikse
Ladakh
e
Hemis
Drive to Rumtse (4218m); afternoon acclimatisation walk.
END
26 Jul
16 Aug
16 Aug#
06 Sep
ng
Hemis
from/to
Delhi
Zinchen
Ganda La
Rumbak
Ma
Skyu
rkh
aR
ive
r
Markha
Visit Leh Palace and the Japanese Peace Pagoda; optional
5
START
21 Drive to Chandigarh or Kalka; train to Delhi.
Ra
trekking
Spittuk
4
Dates & Price Guide
h
INDIA
Our ‘Little Tibet & the Himalaya’ trek
(trip code FIL) is perfect for families
with children aged 8-16 yrs. Please
see our website for details.
Khardung La
20 Visit the Hadimba Temple; drive to Mandi.
n
FAMILY WALKING
Acclimatisation time in Leh; visit Shey and Thikse
Monasteries.
ak
13 Fly to Delhi.
14 End Delhi.
19 Drive over magnificent high passes to Manali.
3
Previous altitude experience necessary
Min age 18 yrs
• 7 nights en suite hotels, 14 nights full-service camping
ge
12 Finish the trek near Hemis; visit
monastery and drive to Leh.
18 Descend to Kibber; drive to Rangrik.
Fly to Leh (3500m); afternoon orientation walk.
•
•
•
•
d
La
11 Cross the Gongmaru La (5200m) with
superb views of the high Ladakh Range.
Start Delhi.
2
END
(see page 9).
RA
NG
E
Alchi
LADAKH
Dates & Price Guide
1
At a Glance
ya
ala
e
Himng
at Ra
Yangtang
Full porterage throughout the trek
leader and staff. Min age 18 yrs
• 6 nights en suite hotels, 7 nights
included
10 Climb to the high plateau at Nimaling.
Skinyang la
Lamayuru
•
•
•
•
TGI
re
G
LA
DA
KH
Temisgang
Hemis Supachen
21 Jun
04 Jul
16 Aug
29 Aug
12 Sep
25 Sep
(see page 9).
• Golden Triangle or Kashmir extension available;
TGR
At a Glance
TOUGH
an
rR
ka
14 End Delhi.
2015
5
Trip Code
CHALLENGING
Trip Code
3/4 Two days in and around Leh to aid
acclimatisation; trips to Thikse and Shey
Monasteries and Leh Palace; optional
Activity Level
Only recently opened due to the proximity to the Tibetan border, the remote and seldom
visited Changtang Plateau is a land of wilderness and magnificence, characterised by high
arid plains, snow-capped peaks and azure blue lakes. The area is only inhabited by the
hardy Tibetan Changpa nomads and their herds of yak and pashmina goats. We trek along
mountain passes admiring the wild and dramatic scenery as we cross from Ladakh into the
rarely visited region of Spiti. This is a great trek in a seldom visited part of the world.
ns
12 Visit Basgo Fort, drive to Leh.
13 Fly to Delhi.
END
Activity Level
7
Remote Tibetan borderland of Spiti l Colourful Buddhist monasteries l Azure blue lake of Tso Moriri
Za
11 Drive to Lamayuru Monastery; continue
to Alchi Monastery, one of the oldest in
Ladakh with 11th century paintings.
5
At a Glance
Dates & Price Guide
10 Free day Skinyang.
Skinyang
MODERATE
Trip Code
$3040
Trekking along the shores of Tso Moriri Lake
India
3
ASIA • INDIA
ASIA • INDIA
14 days land only
to Delhi
Parang La
Kibber
Spiti
14
20
8
Gongmaru
La
trekking
106
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
107
from
15 days land only
$2570
from
15 days land only
$2340
from
Kanchenjunga
India
In Search of the Snow Leopard
Darjeeling, Sikkim & the Singalila Ridge
India
Stay in a traditional homestay l Visit a masked dance festival
Jungle and tea plantations l See 4 of the 5 highest peaks on Earth
Snow leopards are one of the world's most elusive mammals but in winter
they descend from the high Himalaya in search of food. Inhabiting some
of the most remote and mountainous regions of Central Asia, the mission
to see this enigmatic cat is really more of a pilgrimage. Other rare high
altitude wildlife and isolated Himalayan Buddhist communities only add
to this quest's allure.
The rarely visited land of Sikkim has in recent years become more
accessible to those looking to explore its unique beauty. Journey through
tea plantations to Darjeeling, which with its colonial hill station and famous
'toy train' is an iconic destination. Trekking along the Singalila Ridge through
thick forests of rhododendron, we are rewarded with views of the great
Himalayan peaks, Kanchenjunga dominates the horizon, and on a clear
day Makalu, Lhotse and Everest can all be seen.
1
Start Delhi.
2
Fly across the Himalaya to Leh
(3500m); afternoon orientation walk
around Leh.
3
Visit Shey, Thikse and Stakna
Monasteries.
4
A full day at a festival.
5
Drive to Jinchen; trek to Husing
(3700m).
6/10 Trekking in and around the Husing and
Tarbuns Valley in Hemis N.P. searching
for Snow leopard as well as various
other mammals and birds. There is no
fixed itinerary: each day our expert
guide will decide on the best route to
maximise the chance of seeing
11
Return to Leh.
Fly to Delhi.
Free day in Delhi for individual
sightseeing.
14
End Delhi.
TGL
At a Glance
• 7 days winter walking with full
porterage
• Camping in sub zero temperatures
• 7 nights hotels, 5 nights full-service
camping and 1 night homestay
10 dinners included
Dates & Price Guide
START
3
MODERATE
Trip Code
END
2015
1
Start Delhi.
2
Fly to Bagdogra; transfer to Darjeeling.
3
Chance to ride the ‘toy train’; travel by
jeep to Dhodrey; trek to Tonglu.
4/5 Trek through rhododendron forests to
the crest of the Singalila Ridge.
6
Sunrise view over Kanchenjunga;
trek along the ridge to Sabarkam.
7
Trek along the ridge to Phalut with
views of Everest, Lhotse, Makalu and
Kanchenjunga; descend to Samanden.
8
Descend through forest to Rimbik.
9
Drive to Darjeeling.
10 Visit the Himalayan Mountaineering
Institute; drive to Gangtok.
07 Feb** 20 Feb
22 Feb‡# 07 Mar
(see page 11).
11 Sightseeing including Rumtek
Monastery.
• ‡Matho Festival
• **Dosmoche Festival
• Golden Triangle extension available: see page 105
• Please enquire for 2016 departure dates
13 To Siliguri; overnight train to Calcutta.
12 Drive to Kalimpong with time to explore.
14 Arrive Calcutta; free time to explore.
15 End Calcutta.
Rid
Spituk
Phalut
Sandakphu
Sin
ga
Rumbak
lila
Zingchen
Kalimpong
Siliguri
108
MODERATE
TBS
At a Glance
full porterage
leader and staff. Min age 16 yrs
• 7 nights hotels, 1 night lodge,
1 night sleeper train, 5 nights
8 dinners included
Dates & Price Guide
START
Spice Trails of Kerala
3
Trek through tea plantations l See a diverse culture, religion and people l Cruise on a traditional houseboat
Activity Level
South India offers an astonishing diversity of scenery, architecture and culture. This is a
fascinating journey through India's tropical south, on foot and by boat. We visit the old Raj
town of Munnar sitting below the towering rock face of Anamudi (2695m), Kerala's highest
peak. Surrounded by hills carpeted with tea plantations, grassland and verdant forest, this is
a walker's delight. From Munnar we trek for five days, traversing the Western Ghats to reach
the striking Sri Meenakshi Temple at Madurai. The rest is much more relaxed and includes
a backwater cruise by houseboat and the chance to sample the famous south Indian cuisine.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
22 Feb
29 Mar
05 Apr
08 Mar
12 Apr
19 Apr
START
END
01 Nov
20 Dec
27 Dec
15 Nov
03 Jan
10 Jan
2015
2016
17 Jan
07 Feb
21 Feb
27 Mar
03 Apr
31 Jan
21 Feb
06 Mar
10 Apr
17 Apr
30 Oct
13 Nov
18 Dec
01 Jan
13 Nov
27 Nov
01 Jan
15 Jan
END
2015
29 Mar
26 Apr*
04 Oct
18 Oct
01 Nov
12 Apr
10 May
18 Oct
01 Nov
15 Nov
2016
25 Mar
24 Apr*
02 Oct
16 Oct
30 Oct
08 Apr
08 May
16 Oct
30 Oct
13 Nov
(see page 11).
Rimbik
Tonglu
Darjeeling
from Delhi
Activity Level
Trip Code
ge
12
13
Activity Level
$2190
Backwater cruise in Kerala
India
3
ASIA • INDIA
ASIA • INDIA
14 days land only
INDIA
Munnar
Backwaters
Periyar
2-3 other shorter walks
8 nights hotels, all en suite, 5 nights camping,
1 night houseboat
1
Start Cochin.
2
Into the hills at Munnar.
3
Daywalk in the hills of Munnar.
4
Hike in Silent Valley with beautiful views of the tea estates.
5
Ascend towards Meesapulimala Peak, the highest in the area.
6
Trek through plantations and enjoy the magnificent
surroundings enriched by red rhododendron.
7
Ascend to Nagamalai Coffee Plantation, overlooking
Kolukumalai Tea Plantation.
8
Explore the rich fertile area of Tamil Nadu.
9
To Madurai; visit the colourful Sri Meenakshi Temple.
12 To Alleppey for overnight stay on a traditional Keralan
houseboat.
TAMIL
NADU
13 To Coir Village Resort; explore local villages.
KERALA
14 To Cochin; sightseeing in the afternoon; optional evening visit
to Kathakali dance show.
walking
• Golden Triangle or Kashmir extension available;
• *Best departure for Rhododendron
15 End Cochin.
Daily Distance (km)
4
5
6
to Calcutta
P Premium departure
•
•
•
•
•
11 Morning trek in nearby forest; afternoon boat ride on Periyar
Lake to see wild elephants (optional).
Madurai
Alleppey
TGK
At a Glance
10 To Thekkady (Periyar); evening walk through spice gardens.
Meesapulimala
Peak
Cochin
MODERATE
Solo departure
F Family departure
8
8
7
8
7
16
16
109
from
14 days land only
$2780
from
Tea pickers in the Highlands
Sri Lanka
3
Walk through rice paddy fields and tea plantations l Trek to Adam's Peak l Search for leopard
Activity Level
Behind the dazzling beauty of Sri Lanka's world famous beaches is an island of lush jungle,
spice gardens, ancient Buddhist temples and an abundance of wildlife - all of which makes
for a unique trekking experience. Our adventure begins in Sigiriya with a visit to Lion Rock.
From here the trekking begins in earnest, through the unspoiled World Heritage conservation
area of the Knuckles Mountain Range, past rice paddies and brushing the vibrant, emeraldgreen tea plantations of Dickoya. After this we see the spectacular 1000m cliff drop of
World's End before tackling the challenging Adam's Peak (2243m).
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
25 Jan
08 Feb
22 Feb
11 Apr
09 Aug
START
END
16 Aug
18 Oct
15 Nov
20 Dec
27 Dec
30 Aug
01 Nov
29 Nov
03 Jan
10 Jan
•
•
•
•
•
8 full and half-day walks
Altitude maximim 2243m
13 nights hotel accommodation, all en suite
1 night full-service camping
• All breakfasts 5 lunches and 1 dinner included
1
Start Dambulla.
2
Visit Dambulla Caves, village walk towards Sigiriya;
afternoon visit to Lion Rock Fortress.
3
• Optional single supplement $510 (not available for 3 nights)
• Maldives extension available - see Trip Notes
SRI LANKA
Nuwara Eliya
Ella
Yala
Horton
Plains
Kataragama
“Highly
recommended.
A beautiful country
and a beautiful way
to see it.”
John Pick
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
6
110
6
15
14
6
7
9
10
12
Walk through forests to Meemure, transfer to Orutota.
5
To Kandy; visit the Temple of the Tooth.
6
Transfer to Dickoya; optional walk around the lake and
tea plantations.
7
Ascend Adams Peak.
Activity Level
A truly remote trekking trip that visits Burma’s cultural highlights as well as exploring the
isolated Chin Hills of north west Burma. This area is home to the Chin people whose culture
and traditions have changed little over the centuries. Over 25 clan languages are spoken in
the region and women are still adorned with tattooed faces and ornate tribal jewellery. We
will stay in monasteries and school houses, pass forested hills and tea plantations and
ascend Mt Victoria (3063m) for magnificent views of the surrounding area. We will also visit
the 4000 temples of Bagan, the U Bein Bridge and the magnificent Shwedagon Pagoda.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
2015
14 Jan
11 Feb
18 Mar
04 Nov
25 Nov
27 Jan
24 Feb
31 Mar
17 Nov
08 Dec
8
To Nuwariya Eliya; optional walk and time to explore the town.
9
Early morning to Horton Plains; walk to World’s End
viewpoint; to Ella by train.
14
7
13 Jan
10 Feb
16 Mar
26 Jan
23 Feb
29 Mar
• Optional single supplement $510 (not available on trek)
Mingun
Mandalay
Mindat
Mt Victoria
10 Daywalk around Ella; visit the Ravana Waterfalls and Ella Gap.
Bagan
11 Drive to Yala National Park; afternoon game drive.
“Visually intoxicating
with some terrific
walking too.”
Emma Garrick
TOM
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
7 nights hotels, 1 night guest house, 4 nights village
houses and 1 night camping
1
Start Rangoon; free for sightseeing.
2
Fly to Bagan; visit temples; sunset at Lawkananda Temple.
3
Drive to Mindat.
4
Begin trek; Mindat to Khone Ei.
5
Trek from Khone Ei to Amlong.
6
Trek Amlong to Madat.
7
Madat to Aye.
8
Trek Aye to Do Nuu.
9
Ascend to summit of Mt Victoria and spend the night here.
10 Decend to Kampalat; drive to Bagan.
11 Fly to Mandalay; sunset at Mandalay Hill.
12 Sunrise at U Bein Bridge; Irrawaddy boat trip to Sagaing
and Mingun.
13 Fly to Rangoon; sunset at Shwedagon Pagoda.
BURMA
Daily Distance (km)
12 Visit Kataragama Temple and walk around Tissamaharama
lake; transfer to the coast.
13 Free day to relax on the beach or option al activities including
whale watching (Nov to April).
Wedihiti Kanda
Galle
4
Trek in the remote Chin Hills l Meet tribal people l Explore Bagan's mystical temples
addy
Kandy
walking areas
Drive to Illukkumbura; walk the Manigala Trail in the
Knuckles Range.
Trekking in Burma
Irraw
Sigiriya
Knuckles
Adam’s
Peak
4
04 Sep
23 Oct
20 Nov
01 Jan
15 Jan
Colombo
4000 temples of Bagan
2016
21 Aug
09 Oct
06 Nov
18 Dec
01 Jan
Dambulla
TGY
At a Glance
2016
31 Jan
21 Feb
13 Mar
10 Apr
07 Aug
MODERATE
2015
17 Jan
07 Feb
28 Feb
27 Mar
24 Jul
$3990
Burma
Highlands of Sri Lanka
11 Jan
25 Jan
08 Feb
28 Mar
26 Jul
ASIA • BURMA
ASIA • SRI LANKA
15 days land only
4
5
6
7
trekking
10
7
15
15
8
9
10
14 End Rangoon.
19
20
5
14 To Galle; transfer to Colombo.
Rangoon
15 End Colombo.
12
5
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
111
from
14 days land only
$2590
from
Segara Anak Crater Lake, Mt. Rinjani
Indonesia
NEW
Mt Kinabalu
Activity Level
When it comes to volcanoes, no country can match Indonesia. Sitting firmly on the Pacific
Ring of Fire, the South East Asian archipelago boasts more active volcanoes than anywhere
else on Earth. The result is a lush and fertile land which has developed a rich and diverse
culture. As we journey through the islands of Java, Bali and Lombok we explore ancient
temples, wander through villages and rice paddies and hike up active volcanoes with
fumaroles, calderas and sulphuric lakes.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
25 Apr
06 Jun
01 Aug
05 Sep
09 May
20 Jun
15 Aug
19 Sep
CHALLENGING
TOJ
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
8 days walking, plus 1 optional walk
Good fitness required
Accommodation in a mixture of standards of hotel
and camping
• Group normally 4 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 16yrs
2016
07 May
18 Jun
20 Aug
17 Sep
• Optional single supplement $530 ($630 in July and August)
INDONESIA
1
Start Yogyakarta.
2
Borobudur and walk on Setumbu Hill.
3
Visit Prambanan Temple, Sukuh and Tawangmanggu walk.
4
Lawu Volcano hike.
5
To Malang.
6
Trekking on Bromo Volcano.
7
Sunrise on Mt Bromo, on to Ketapang.
8
Ijen hike then ferry to Lovina, Bali.
9
Munduk hike.
Activity Level
The great rainforests of Borneo present a multitude of exciting activities. We journey into
ancient equatorial rainforest at Mulu National Park to the largest caves on Earth and trek
through the jungle. We meet the loveable Orang-utans at the Sepilok Rehabilitation Centre
and venture to the Kinabatangan River where indigenous wildlife is frequently seen. Finally
we climb Mt Kinabalu (4095m), the highest mountain in South East Asia for sunrise and
panoramic views out to the Sulu Sea. We finish our adventure relaxing on the beach.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
29 Mar
12 Apr
07 Jun
26 Jul
02 Aug
06 Sep
18 Oct
08 Nov
23 Dec
11 Apr
25 Apr
20 Jun
08 Aug
15 Aug
19 Sep
31 Oct
21 Nov
05 Jan
27 Mar
10 Apr
24 Jul
07 Aug
04 Sep
16 Oct
06 Nov
23 Dec
09 Apr
23 Apr
06 Aug
20 Aug
17 Sep
29 Oct
19 Nov
05 Jan
Mt Bromo
Ijen Lovina
TRIP HIGHLIGHT
Mulu Canopy Walkway
13 Trek inside Rinjani’s crater.
BALI
LOMBOK
Daily Distance (km)
3
4
6
8
9
9
24
7.5
6
15
10
8
12 7.5
14 8.5
14
15
14 Trek to summit of Rinjani, descend and continue to the
beach at Kuta.
Mt. Kinabalu
Sandakan
Kota Kinabalu
15 End Lombok.
Sepilokk
Utan
MALAYSIA Orang
Centre
BORNEO
BRUNEI
Miri
INDONESIA
Mulu
Caves
112
Get up close to a huge variety of
wildlife in Mulu National Park with a
walk on the longest tropical canopy
walkway in the world. Stretching to
nearly 500m we pass trees draped
with orchids, ferns and creepers
and keep a close eye on the canopy
for glimpses of macaque monkeys,
hornbills, flying lizards, squirrels and
a variety of rainforest birds.
12 Trek to crater rim of Mt Rinjani.
Mt Rinjani
Malang
P Premium departure
AOB
•
•
•
•
•
3 full day walks and shorter excursions
Travel by plane, boat and private bus
Altitude maximum 4095m
5 nights comfortable hotels, 4 nights standard hotels,
4 nights basic lodges/mountain huts
2015
11 Ferry to Senaru, Lombok.
At a Glance
1
Start Miri.
2
Fly to Mulu N.P.; jungle walks to Lang’s Cave and Deer Cave.
3
Morning canopy walkway, free afternoon for self guided trails
or visit a local longhouse.
4
Boat to Clearwater and Wind caves, trek to camp 5 and the
Melinau Gorge.
5
Trek the Headhunters Trail; boat and drive to Limbang.
6
Morning public ferry to Labuan; visit the WWII cemetery,
public ferry to Kota Kinabalu.
7
Fly to Sandakan, visit Sepilok Orang-utan Centre;
Kinabatanagan River for sunset cruise.
8
Wildlife spotting on the river, and trek to an ox-bow lake.
9
Transfer to Sabah tea plantation via Gomontong caves.
2016
10 Optional dolphin tour; to Candidassa, optional walk.
JAVA
4
Climb Mt Kinabalu for sunrise l Explore rainforest trails l Spot indigenous wildlife
2015
Tawangmanggu
Trails of Borneo
5
Summit Lombok's Mt Rinjani l Sunrise over Bromo's caldera l Temples and villages of Java and Bali
Borobudur
Yogyakarta
Prambanan
$3420
Malaysia
Indonesia Volcano Trek
23 Apr
04 Jun
06 Aug
03 Sep
ASIA • MALAYSIA
ASIA • INDONESIA
15 days land only
KALIMANTAN
Solo departure
Daily Distance (km)
3
4
5
6
F Family departure
6
2
9
12
11 3
12 6
13
9
10 Morning walk; drive to mountain resort and prepare for
ascent.
11 From Mt Kinabalu Park HQ climb to mountain hut at 3400m,
via Mesilau Route.
12 Climb to summit of Mt Kinabalu for sunrise; descend and
transfer to beach outside Kota Kinabalu.
13 Free day.
14 End Kota Kinabalu.
113
from
9 days land only
$4370
from
Mt Fuji and tea plantations ©JNTO
Japan
5
Hike up Mt Fuji for sunrise l Ascend Mt Yarigatake l Explore Kyoto and Tokyo
Activity Level
Mt Fuji and Mt Yarigatake, the 'Japanese Matterhorn', are the most famous Japanese
mountains, and on this trip we ascend both of these iconic peaks while also taking in Japan's
intriguing blend of ancient traditions and modern culture. We stay in Kyoto, Japan's ancient
capital, with its peaceful Zen gardens and Shinto temples, spend a day in futuristic Tokyo,
and take a short walk on the Nakasendo Way, an ancient trading route. A great combination
of the old and the new, as well as mountains and cities, in the 'Land of the Rising Sun'.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
20 Jul
03 Aug
17 Aug
01 Aug
15 Aug
29 Aug
2016
18 Jul
08 Aug
15 Aug
30 Jul
20 Aug
27 Aug
• Optional single supplement $350 (4 nights Kyoto and Tokyo only)
Matsumoto
Tokyo
Nakasendo
Kyoto
Daily Distance (km)
6
16
12
CHALLENGING
TOP
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
4 daywalks and 2 half-day walks
Travel by train, taxi, local and private bus
8 nights comfortable hotel, 3 nights mountain hut,
1 night Ryokan
2015
114
$1330
Sunset over the Great Wall
China
Mt Fuji & the Japanese Alps
4
5
6
ASIA • CHINA
ASIA • JAPAN
13 days land only
7
9
10
16
5
5
“A great opportunity
to savour some of
Japan’s best natural
and city attractions,
so much is covered
in two weeks.”
David White
1
Start Kyoto.
2
Free day to explore the delights of Kyoto, one of Japan’s
ancient capitals.
Walking the Great Wall
4
Walk one of the seven wonders of the world l Rural scenery l Guided tour of Beijing
Activity Level
Stepping out across the peaceful semi-ruin of a section of the Great Wall is like walking in
the footsteps of the past. Far from the tourist crowds we are able to get a great sense of
the scale and the majesty of this remarkable piece of engineering without rushing through
in a big group. The main attraction lies in trekking the outlying sections of the wall where
barely any tourists tread. As we trek along various contrasting sections of the wall, we get
closer to day-to-day life in rural China before returning to Beijing, a city steeped in history
yet plunging headlong into modernity.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
02 Apr
16 Apr
07 May
21 May
04 Jun
18 Jun
02 Jul
16 Jul
30 Jul
10 Apr
24 Apr
15 May
29 May
12 Jun
26 Jun
10 Jul
24 Jul
07 Aug
31 Mar
08 Apr
START
END
06 Aug
13 Aug
03 Sep
10 Sep
17 Sep
24 Sep
01 Oct
08 Oct
14 Aug
21 Aug
11 Sep
18 Sep
25 Sep
02 Oct
09 Oct
16 Oct
Transfer by train to Nakasendo; walk a section of the ancient
Nakasendo Way.
4
Transfer to Kamikochi via Matsumoto; afternoon walk
to Yarisawa.
5
Climb Mt Yari (3180m) and descend to Yarigatake Mountain Hut.
6
Descend to Kamikochi, and transfer to Matsumoto. Here
we can relax in a local hot spring or explore the magnificent
Black Castle.
7
Transfer from Matsumoto to Kawaguchi, at the base of Mt Fuji.
8
Transfer to Station Five on Mt Fuji; climb slowly to
Honhachigome - close to the summit of Mt Fuji.
• Xi'an extension available
9
An early start for sunrise at Japan’s highest point (3776m);
descend and transfer to the nearby Lake Kawaguchi.
10 Free day to relax and explore.
2016
14 Apr
Gubeikou
Jiankou
Mutian
Yu
22 Apr
Jinshanling
TERRACOTTA WARRIORS EXTENSION
Huangyaguan
12 Time to explore Tokyo, one of the world’s most spectacular
capital cities.
• Sections can be steep, narrow and in poor condition
with loose rocks
• 2 nights comfortable hotels, 5 nights basic
guesthouses and 1 night standard hotel, all en suite
1
Start Beijing.
2
Transfer to Mutian Yu and trek past watchtowers before
transfering to Jiankou.
3
Morning trek around Jiankou with its steep mountains and
beautiful scenery; transfer to Gubeikou.
4
Walk along the wall near Gubeikou.
5
Hike past villages to Jinshanling.
6
Walk over mountain ridges from Jinshanling towards Simatai,
past ruined and restored watchtowers; visit East Qing Tombs.
7
Drive to Taipingzhai and trek to Huangyaguan.
8
Transfer to Beijing; afternoon sightseeing tour.
9
End Beijing.
Daily Distance (km)
Simatai
11 Morning transfer to Tokyo.
TCW
At a Glance
2015
3
Visit the ancient city of Xi’an, home
to the Terracotta Warriors.
2
3
4
8
5
5
5
6
7
17
7
3
Qing Tombs
13 End Tokyo.
0
P Premium departure
30
Solo departure
60
90 km
F Family departure
1 Overnight sleeper train to Xi’an
from Beijing.
2 Arrive Xi’an, afternoon city tour.
3 Visit Terracotta Warriors.
4 Fly to London.
115
Americas
TRIP NAME
TRIP CODE
ACTIVITY LEVEL PAGE
PERU
The Inca Trail
TPT
3
119
TPJ
3
120
Inca Trail, Titicaca & Nazca
TPD
3
121
The Inca Trail in Comfort
TPQ
3
121
Inca Trail & the Amazon Rainforest
The High Inca Trail
Huayhuash Circuit
NEW
TPS
5
122
TPH
5
122
COSTA RICA, VENEZUELA & ECUADOR
Venezuela: The Lost World & Angel Falls
TAV
4
123
Galapagos: In Darwin’s Footsteps
TPG
2
124
Ecuador: Avenue Of The Volcanoes
TPV
5
125
5
126
BRAZIL, CHILE & ARGENTINA
On Brazil’s Diamond Trails
TAX
NEW
Chile: Hiking In A Thin Country
TAW
3
127
Fitzroy & Paine
TAF
5
128
CUBA & GUATEMALA
Trekking Highlights of Cuba
Guatemalan Highlands & Volcanoes
TAC
3
129
TAE
5
130
NORTH AMERICA
National Parks Walk
TAG
3
131
Yellowstone Wildlife Walks
TAY
3
132
Walking the Appalachian Trail
TAN
3
133
Canadian Rockies Wilderness Walk
TAB
5
134
Main Photograph: Bison roaming through the geo-thermal
Yellowstone National Park, USA. Page 132.
116
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
117
AMERICAS • PERU
9 days land only
from
Why Exodus?
Dedicated partners: Our Peruvian partners share our
goal to set the standard for sustainable, responsible
tourism in the Andes and also provide our clients with the
very best in organisation and support.
Porter Protection: We are fully committed to our
staff and porters, ensuring they get a fair wage and are
equipped to deal with any inclement mountain conditions.
Camping Conditions: All our treks on the Inca Trail
use a separate dining tent for communal meals, as well
as a portable toilet tent which allows us to remove all
waste from our campsites. Tents are inspected and
replaced regularly by our local partners to ensure the
most comfortable camping possible.
Inca Trail Permits
The Inca Trail
The most famous trek in South America was once
an ancient Inca highway connecting Cuzco with
the lost city of Machu Picchu. The original trail
has been carefully and comprehensively restored,
and although it can be quite busy at times, it is
unquestionably the most rewarding way to arrive
at Machu Picchu, passing through Amazonian cloud
forest surrounded by snow-capped Andean peaks.
Inca ruins
Peru
If you would like to set foot on the old Inca highway we
advise you to BOOK EARLY. The reason is simple: it is
a legal requirement that each trekker has a permit and
the number issued is limited to protect the trail. Those
who book well ahead of their departure date (at least 6
months) are almost certain to get a permit. Those who
delay may not get a spot.
Alternative Route –
Moonstone Trek
With the Inca Trail being more popular than ever, and
entry strictly controlled by permits, we offer a fantastic
alternative trek on a secluded route with stunning
mountain scenery, remote Andean villages and unexplored
ruins. The Moonstone Trek is a great introduction to high
Andean walking and can be substituted into most of our
Inca Trail trips, re-joining the rest of the group (who have
walked the standard Inca Trail) at the campsite below
Machu Picchu the night before your dawn tour of the ruins.
For more information and a detailed itinerary, please visit
our website : www.exodustravels.com/peru-holidays/
moonstone-trek-option
The Inca Trail
3
Trek the classic Inca Trail l Mystical Machu Picchu at dawn l Explore the Inca capital of Cuzco
Activity Level
Offering an unrivalled combination of history and dramatic scenery, the ancient Inca Trail
winds its way from the powerful Urubamba River, across mountain passes and through
cloud forests, passing several crumbling fortresses before reaching the lost city of Machu
Picchu. Our trip is designed to maximise the time spent at Machu Picchu, and a dawn tour
of the ruins allows us to appreciate the site before the crowds of day trippers and other
trekkers arrive.
Trip Code
START
END
19 Mar
02 Apr
16 Apr
23 Apr
07 May
21 May
28 May
04 Jun
18 Jun
25 Jun#
09 Jul
23 Jul
06 Aug
13 Aug
20 Aug
27 Mar
10 Apr
24 Apr
01 May
15 May
29 May
05 Jun
12 Jun
26 Jun
03 Jul
17 Jul
31 Jul
14 Aug
21 Aug
28 Aug
START
END
27 Aug
03 Sep
10 Sep
17 Sep
24 Sep
01 Oct
08 Oct
15 Oct
22 Oct
29 Oct
12 Nov
03 Dec
24 Dec
31 Dec
04 Sep
11 Sep
18 Sep
25 Sep
02 Oct
09 Oct
16 Oct
23 Oct
30 Oct
06 Nov
20 Nov
11 Dec
01 Jan
08 Jan
Veronica
Chilca
Llactapata
Ollantaytambo
Dead Woman’s
Pass
Huayanay
Cachijata
Silque
River
Sacr
Accocasa Pass
Salcantay
y
Chillipawa
Wata
Inca Trail
Moonstone
Trek
Urubamba
River
ed Va
lle
Molinuyoc
Pisac
railway
Cuzco
25 Mar
01 Apr
15 Apr
22 Apr
06 May
13 May
27 May
03 Jun
10 Jun
24 Jun
01 Jul
07 Jul
21 Jul
04 Aug
11 Aug
18 Aug
25 Aug
01 Sep
08 Sep
15 Sep
22 Sep
29 Sep
15 Jul
29 Jul
12 Aug
19 Aug
26 Aug
02 Sep
09 Sep
16 Sep
23 Sep
30 Sep
07 Oct
AMAZON RAINFOREST EXTENSION
Easily accessible from Cuzco, the
Amazon is the world's largest
rainforest and home to an astonishing
array of wildlife, as well as countless
plant species. Spending three
nights at a lodge in the incredibly
rich Tambopata Reserve, we use
motorised canoes to explore its lakes
and rivers, and follow jungle trails to
discover its dense forests.
• #Moonstone departure: see Trip Notes
• Alternative Moonstone Trek available: see TPM Trip Notes
• Lake Titicaca extension also available: see Trip Notes
•
•
•
•
•
•
7kg personal weight limit on Inca Trail trek
4 nights en suite hotels, 4 nights full-service camping
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
1
Start Cuzco (3400m); free time to explore the Inca captial.
2
Free day; optional Sacred Valley excursion.
3
Start Inca Trail trek from km82; walk along Urubamba River
then climb to Huayllabamba.
4
Climb to the top of Dead Woman’s Pass (4200m), then
descend via old Inca steps to Pacaymayu.
5
Over Runcuray Pass (3800m) to ruins of Sayajmarca and
Phuyupatamarca.
6
Walk down Inca steps to Wiñay Wayna and Machu Picchu via
the Sun Gate.
7
Visit Machu Picchu for guided dawn tour; free time to explore
further, then return to Cuzco by train.
8
Free day Cuzco; optional biking or paddle-boarding
excursions available.
9
End Cuzco.
FAMILY WALKING
Our ‘Inca Trail Family Holiday’ (trip code FNP) is
perfect for families with children aged 11-16 yrs.
Please see our website for details.
Daily Distance (km)
3
4
Main Photograph: Ancient lost city of Machu Picchu, Peru. Page 119.
118
TPT
At a Glance
2015
17 Mar
24 Mar
07 Apr
14 Apr
28 Apr
05 May
19 May#
26 May
02 Jun
16 Jun
23 Jun
Machu
Picchu
MODERATE
Dates & Price Guide
2016
Winay Wayna
Phuyupatamarca
$1390
11
8
5
6
7
9
119
from
15 days land only
$3480
from
9 days land only
$2760
from
Tambopata Reserve
$2020
Life on Uros Island
Machu Picchu
Peru
Peru
Peru
Inca Trail & the Amazon Rainforest
Inca Trail, Titicaca & Nazca
The Inca Trail in Comfort
Dawn tour of Machu Picchu l See the intriguing Nazca Lines
A little luxury on the Inca Trail l Sacred Valley excursion included
This tour combines the best-known trek in the Americas with a taste of
Peru's diverse landscapes and cultures. Lake Titicaca's waters lie adorned
with floating reed islands inhabited by indigenous groups, while the barren
coastal deserts and their mysterious lines of ancient Nazca civilisations
continue to fascinate visitors. Cuzco is the ideal base for archaeological
discovery and for embarking on the spectacular Inca Trail trek to the
imposing citadel of Machu Picchu.
This trip follows a similar itinerary to our popular Inca Trail trek but with
upgraded hotels, more included activities, included sleeping bag hire, and
with a hotel night at Machu Picchu replacing a night's camping. While on
the trek itself, we also offer a more varied range of meals and a higher
personal weight limit than on our standard Inca Trail itineraries to give that
little extra comfort.
3
Walk the classic Inca Trail l Village homestay on Lake Titicaca l Three nights in the rainforest
Activity Level
Peru has been home to many civilisations, most notably the Incas, whose ancient cities and
fortresses are still being discovered across this fascinating region. Our three-part itinerary
includes the Inca Trail, which takes in beautiful mountains and cloud forest as we follow
a historic route to Machu Picchu, the best-preserved and most dramatic Inca ruin. We also
explore the harsh landscapes of the high altiplano and the islands of Lake Titicaca and, in
complete contrast, the dense jungles of the Amazon Rainforest.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
START
END
2015
28 Mar
18 Apr
25 Apr
02 May
16 May
23 May
13 Jun
27 Jun
11 Jul
25 Jul
08 Aug
11 Apr
02 May
09 May
16 May
30 May
06 Jun
27 Jun
11 Jul
25 Jul
08 Aug
22 Aug
29 Aug
05 Sep
12 Sep
19 Sep
26 Sep
03 Oct
10 Oct
24 Oct
07 Nov
14 Nov
TPJ
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
7kg personal weight limit on Inca Trail trek
6 nights hotels, 3 nights rainforest lodge, 1 night
homestay (basic shared facilities), and 4 nights
3
Activity Level
1
Start Lima.
Trip Code
2
Drive south to Paracas and sail to the
Ballestas Islands; on to Ica.
At a Glance
Puerto
Maldonado
Lima
Machu
Picchu
Sacred Valley
(optional)
Inca
Trail
1
Start Lima; free afternoon.
2
Fly to Puerto Maldonado; boat journey into Tambopata
Reserve; guided jungle walks.
3
To Nazca; Nazca Lines viewing
platforms; optional scenic flight.
4
Head high into the Andes to Abancay.
5
Continue to Cuzco (3400m); afternoon
free to acclimatise.
6
Free day in Cuzco to explore the many
Inca ruins and Spanish churches.
3/4 Jungle exploration including forest walks and boat trips.
• Optional single supplement $440 (hotel and tent; excludes homestay)
• Alternative Moonstone Trek available: see TPM Trip Notes
Tambopata
Reserve
Cuzco
PERU
South
Pacific
Ocean
MODERATE
15 Aug
22 Aug
29 Aug
05 Sep
12 Sep
19 Sep
26 Sep
10 Oct
24 Oct
31 Oct
5
Fly to Cuzco (3400m); free time to explore the ancient capital.
6
Free day; optional Sacred Valley excursion.
7/10 Inca Trail trek from km82 to Machu Picchu.
GALAPAGOS CRUISES
All of our Peru itineraries can be
combined with a cruise in the wildliferich Galapagos Islands – please
see trips WGR and WGS. We also
offer longer cruises and alternative
itineraries if you prefer. Please contact
our expert Sales team who will be
able to help you choose the perfect
Galapagos extension to your trip.
11
Dawn tour of Machu Picchu; return to Cuzco by train.
12
Drive across altiplano to Puno (3800m), on shores of
Lake Titicaca.
13
14
Morning travel to mainland; evening fly to Lima.
15
End Lima.
Daily Distance (km)
7
8
Puno
Lake
Titicaca
Boat to Amantani Island for village homestay.
11
8
7/10 Inca Trail trek from km82 to Machu Picchu.
11 Guided tour of Machu Picchu; return to
Cuzco by train.
12 Drive across the antiplano to Lake Titicaca
(3800m), visiting Inca sites en route.
13 Day trip to floating reed islands of Uros
and Taquile.
14 Transfer to Juliaca; fly to Lima.
15 Optional walking tour of Lima’s colonial
centre; end Lima.
Lima
9
10
Machu
Picchu
Ollantaytambo
7
9
Inca Trail Trek
Ballestas
Islands
Nazca
Abancay
P Premium departure
Juliaca
Taquile
Island
Puno
Lake
Titicaca
Solo departure
3
Activity Level
Trip Code
TPD
2
Visit the Sacred Valley; continue to
Ollantaytambo.
At a Glance
3
Start Inca Trail trek; walk along
Urubamba River then climb to
Huayllabamba.
4
Cross Dead Woman’s Pass (4200m).
5
Over second pass to ruins of Sayajmarca
and Phuyupatamarca.
6
Down Inca steps to Winay Wayna and
Machu Picchu.
7
Visit Machu Picchu for guided dawn tour;
return to Cuzco by train.
full porterage
• 10kg personal weight limit, sleeping
bag hire included
• 5 nights premium hotels, 3 nights
included
8
Free day Cuzco.
9
End Cuzco.
START
25 Apr
23 May
13 Jun
04 Jul
25 Jul
22 Aug
19 Sep
03 Oct
17 Oct
14 Nov
• Alternative Moonstone Trek available:
see TPM Trip Notes
• Amazon Rainforest extension available: see page 119
TPQ
Dates & Price Guide
END
END
2015
2015
F Family departure
MODERATE
Start Cuzco.
Dates & Price Guide
11 Apr
09 May
30 May
20 Jun
11 Jul
08 Aug
05 Sep
19 Sep
03 Oct
31 Oct
NEW
1
with full porterage
• 7kg personal weight limit
leader. Min. age 16 yrs
• 10 nights hotels, 4 nights
4 dinners included
START
PREMIUM
MODERATE
(see page 9).
Cuzco
PERU
Nazca
Lines
South
Pacific
Ocean
120
AMERICAS • PERU
AMERICAS • PERU
15 days land only
Machu Picchu
Veronica
In
Ollantaytambo
Traca HuayllaUrub
il
bamba
amba
Valle
Cordillera
y
Vilcabamba
Huayanay
trekking
train
road
Cuzco
03 Apr
15 May
26 Jun
14 Aug
11 Sep
09 Oct
11 Apr
23 May
04 Jul
22 Aug
19 Sep
17 Oct
2016
25 Mar
02 Apr
27 May
04 Jun
24 Jun
02 Jul
12 Aug
20 Aug
(see page 9).
• Alternative Moonstone Trek available:
see TPM Trip Notes
• Amazon Rainforest or Lake Titicaca extension
available: see page 119 and Trip Notes
121
from
21 days land only
$2190
from
Phuyupatamarca ruins
Peru
Huayhuash Circuit
Trek in the remote Vilcabamba Range l Camp below Salcantay's glaciers
Trek Peru's most dramatic range l Cross the continental divide
On this trek we spend a few days deep in the solitude of the Cordillera
Vilcabamba before joining the classic Inca Trail for the approach to Machu
Picchu. Our high route skirts many of the great peaks and takes us close
to Mt. Salcantay (6271m) and its creaking glaciers. We walk through remote
villages and cross the spectacular Chiriasqa Pass. Back in Cuzco and the
Sacred Valley we discover majestic Inca temples and fortresses.
Magnificent, steep and dramatic, the richly glaciated Huayhuash Range is
home to Peru's second highest peak, Yerupaja (6634m). This demanding
trek is one of the world's most spectacular mountain circuits. True walking
enthusiasts are rewarded with unequalled views of turquoise glacial lakes,
jagged snow-capped peaks and stunning hanging glaciers.
5
Activity Level
1
Start Cuzco; afternoon walking tour of
the Inca capital.
2
Full-day walking tour of nearby ruins.
3
Free day.
4
Drive to Mollepata; trek to Marcocasa.
5
Follow Inca canal to Soraypampa and
climb up to base of Salcantay.
6
Ascend Inca Chiriasqa Pass (4960m) and
follow glaciated valley to Pampa Cahuana.
7
Follow river to camp at Huayllabamba.
8
Join Inca Trail; cross Dead Woman’s Pass.
9
Over second pass to ruins of Sayajmarca
and Phuyupatamarca.
10 Down Inca steps to Winay Wayna and
Machu Picchu.
11 Visit the ruins of Machu Picchu, then by
train to Sacred Valley.
12 Explore Sacred Valley ruins of
Ollantaytambo and Pisac; return to Cuzco.
13 Free time to relax in Cuzco.
14 End Cuzco.
PERU
Huayllabamba
Tra
il
Cordillera
Vilcabamba
Salcantay
Mollepata
trekking
train
Veronica
Ollantaytambo
Urub
amba
Valle
y
Huayanay
Tarahuasi
Pisac
Anta
Cuzco
Trip Code
1
Start Lima.
TPS
2
Drive to Huaraz (3050m).
3
Trek to Lake Huilcacocha.
4
Hike in Llanganuco Gorge.
5
Drive to Cuartelwain; overnight camp.
6
Cross continental divide; camp below
big peaks.
7
Cross Carhuac Pass (4600m); camp
alongside Lake Carhuacocha.
8
Rest day or optional walk.
9
Climb over Punta Carnicero Pass
(4615m); camp at Huayhuash.
At a Glance
full porterage
• 10kg personal weight limit
• 7 nights en suite hotels, 6 nights
6 dinners included
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
2015
10 May
24 May
14 Jun
12 Jul
26 Jul
02 Aug
23 Aug
06 Sep
20 Sep
04 Oct
CHALLENGING
23 May
06 Jun
27 Jun
25 Jul
08 Aug
15 Aug
05 Sep
19 Sep
03 Oct
17 Oct
(see page 9).
• Amazon Rainforest or Lake Titicaca extension
available: see page 119
10 Climb over Portachuelo Pass (4750m);
re-cross Continental Divide.
11 Cross Cuyoc Pass (5030m); descend
to riverside camp.
12 Walk up Sarapococha Valley; camp near
Siula Grande.
13 Rest day; option to explore Joe
Simpson’s Base Camp.
14 Trek to remote Huayllapa village; tough
climb to high camp.
15 Cross sixth pass; camp in wooded valley.
16 Continue to Yaucha Pass (4800m); short
optional ascent of Cerro Yaucha.
17 Rest day at Lake Jahuacocha.
18 Final pass, then descend to Matacancha.
19 Return to Huaraz.
20 Drive to Lima.
21 End Lima.
Auyan Tepui, Canaima National Park
Venezuela: The Lost World & Angel Falls
Activity Level
CHALLENGING
full porterage
• 2 daywalks for acclimatisation
• 14 nights full-service camping,
5 nights hotels, 1 night local inn
dinners included
Trip Code
START
END
12 Apr
02 Aug
04 Oct
15 Nov
25 Apr
15 Aug
17 Oct
28 Nov
2015
2016
10 Apr
31 Jul
02 Oct
13 Nov
23 Apr
13 Aug
15 Oct
26 Nov
END
from/to
Caracas
2015
26 Jun
24 Jul
04 Sep
16 Jul
13 Aug
24 Sep
Ciudad Guyana
(Puerto Ordaz)
co
R. Orino
(see page 9).
• Cuzco & Machu Picchu extension available: see Trip
Notes
10kg personal weight limit; light backpacking necessary
Travel by internal charter flights and private minibus
Group normally 4 to 14, plus local leader. Min age 16yrs
5 nights guesthouses, 2 nights hotel, 5 nights wild
camping and 1 night in hammocks
1
Start Caracas.
2
Fly to Puerto Ordaz; drive to the Grand Savannah.
3
Arrive in San Francisco de Yuruani.
4
Start the Roraima trek; hike to Rio Tek.
5
Hike to base camp.
6
Ascend Roraima Tepui.
7
Daywalk on top of Roraima.
8
Descend to Rio Tek.
9
Hike to Parai Tepui and drive to Santa Elena.
10
Small plane to Canaima; boat transfer to Anatoly Island,
walking at Salto Sapo Falls; overnight in hammocks.
Angel
Falls
PERU
0
80
GUYANA
Gran Sabana
Roraima
13
Fly to Caracas via Puerto Ordaz.
14
End Caracas.
San Francisco
de Yuruani
trekking
L. Mitucocha
•
•
•
•
•
•
11/12 Wet season (Jun-Dec): boat to Isla de Raton; hike through
tropical rainforest to Angel Falls. Dry season (Jan-May):
visit Orchid Island.
Canaima
Auyan
Tepui
Chiquian Cuartelwain
TAV
At a Glance
VENEZUELA
to Huaraz/Lima
• Optional single supplement $230 (not available every night)
Dates & Price Guide
START
Activity Level
Conan Doyle's classic adventure novel was inspired by Venezuela's 'Lost World', a region
of dense jungle and rolling grassland dominated by immense sandstone table mountains
known as tepui. On a classic six-day trek we reach the summit of Mount Roraima (2810m)
to find a maze of blackened rock and babbling streams harbouring unique plants including
rare carnivorous species. We also visit Auyan Tepui from which the highest waterfall in the
world plunges almost 1000 metres - the spectacular Angel Falls.
Dates & Price Guide
At a Glance
4
Trek and camp on Mount Roraima l Visit the iconic Angel Falls l Walk behind Salto Sapo falls
TPH
Trip Code
160
240 km
BRAZIL
Santa Elena
Llamac
Rondoy L. Carhuacocha
L. Jahuacocha
Yerupaja
Siula Grande
Huayhuash
trekking
L. Jurau
Huayllapa
122
$3520
Venezuela
5
Inca
from
Views from above above Lake Carhuacocha
The High Inca Trail
Machu Picchu
14 days land only
$3290
Peru
AMERICAS • VENEZUELA
AMERICAS • PERU
14 days land only
Cuyoc
Pass
Daily Distance (km)
4
5
6
12
6
5
7
8
9
3
10
12
L. Viconga
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
123
from
15 days land only
$5510
from
$2970
Bartolome Island
Ecuador
Activity Level
Extended trekking on the island of Isabela in the remote Galapagos archipelago is a rare
privilege and we are one of only a few operators allowed here. As part of this trip we enjoy
a three day trek to the 9km wide crater rim of the Sierra Negra Volcano, a hike blessed with
striking views of the lava-strewn landscape and its smouldering fumaroles. As well as
five major volcanoes, Isabela is also one of the last remaining habitats of the Giant
Galapagos tortoise. Elsewhere in the Galapagos we undertake shorter walks to appreciate
the geological features of these enchanting islands and discover their unique wildlife.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
END
START
END
17 Oct
07 Nov
21 Nov
19 Dec
31 Oct
21 Nov
05 Dec
02 Jan
15 Oct
05 Nov
19 Nov
17 Dec
29 Oct
19 Nov
03 Dec
31 Dec
2015
21 Mar
11 Apr
23 May
18 Jul
08 Aug
05 Mar
02 Apr
07 May
02 Jul
23 Jul
19 Mar
16 Apr
21 May
16 Jul
06 Aug
2016
• Compulsory Galapagos taxes US$110, paid locally
Ecuador: Avenue Of The Volcanoes
2
Sierra Negra Volcano trek l Enchanting wildlife l Land-based Galapagos holiday
07 Mar
28 Mar
09 May
04 Jul
25 Jul
Summit of Cotopaxi
Ecuador
Galapagos: In Darwin's Footsteps
START
LEISURELY/MODERATE
TPG
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
3 days point-to-point walking and up to 6 shorter walks
Altitude: sea-level to 1200m in Galapagos, 2800m in Quito
Group normally 6 to 16, plus local leader. Min age 16 years
12 nights hotels and guesthouses in en suite rooms and
2 nights full-service wild camping in 2-person tents
Activity Level
Ecuador is liberally sprinkled with some of the world's highest peaks. Our acclimatisation
starts with the Pinan Trek in the highlands of the Cotacachi-Cayapas Reserve before we head
south to discover Otavalo Indian market and relax in the hot springs, ready for our first climb
of Imbabura Volcano. Ice skills practise on Cayambe's glaciers will prepare us for the tough
(but optional) ascent of Cotopaxi, the world's second highest active volcano. On Cotopaxi we
climb with a ratio of one guide to every two trekkers to maximise our chance of summiting.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
10 Jan
06 Jun
21 Nov
24 Jan
20 Jun
05 Dec
Isabela
Elizabeth
Bay
Baltra
Santa
Plazas
Cruz
Sierra
Negra
Puerto
Ayora
Post Office Bay
trekking areas
Floreana
from/to Quito
San
Cristobal
Experience the sights, sounds
and smells of the Amazon with an
extension to the Napo Wildlife Centre.
Our small, comfortable lodge is
100% community owned and sits in
82 square miles of private reserve
within the UNESCO Biosphere of
Yasuni National Park. Visit parrot clay
licks, explore waterways and the
lake by dugout canoe and learn about
the forest on foot with an expert
naturalist guide. See Trip Notes for
further details.
Start Quito.
2
City tour of Quito.
3
Fly to San Cristobal; afternoon at the Galapagos Visitors’ Centre.
4
San Cristobal highlands walk; snorkelling at Puerto Chino.
5
Boat to Kicker Rock; walk along Playa Ochoa beach.
6
Boat to Floreana; visit sea lion colony.
7
Visit highlands of Floreana; sail to Isabela and visit Las Tintoreras.
8
Start Sierra Negra Volcano trek.
9
Continue trek and camp on the rim of the crater.
• Optional single supplement $420 (not available on Cayambe and Cotopaxi)
COLOMBIA
Pinan trek
trekking areas
Cuicocha Lake
ECUADOR
Otavalo
Ibarra
Imbabura
Cayambe
Pichincha
Quito
13 Explore Bartolome, North Seymour or Plazas Island; optional
Charles Darwin Research Centre visit.
Cotopaxi
Antisana
(optional)
14 Fly to Quito.
15 End Quito.
Daily Distance (km)
Daily Distance (km)
5
5
4
3
TPV
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
5 days walking, 5 days climbing and ice-skills practice
Previous ice climbing experience not necessary
9 nights hotels with en suite facilities, 3 nights
full-service camping and 2 nights in mountain huts
with shared facilities
11 Visit the historical ‘Wall of Tears’ on Isabela.
3
4
6
7
8
CHALLENGING, CLIMB = 7 (TOUGH)
2015
1
12 Sail to Santa Cruz; visit Tortuga Bay.
GALAPAGOS
ISLANDS
5
2:1 guide ratio on Cotopaxi l Ice climbing skills practice l Excellent acclimatisation programme
10 To Puerto Villamil via Giant tortoise breeding centre.
AMAZON EXTENSION
124
AMERICAS • ECUADOR
AMERICAS • ECUADOR
15 days land only
9
10
11
12
10
12
5
6
3
4
5
6
7
10
12
15
10
20
9
10
11
13
14
15
4
3
3
4
12
“The weather
peaked at the right
time; when we
summited we had
the clearest possible
sky and great views.”
1
Start Quito.
2
City tour and equipment check.
3
Acclimatisation hike at Cuicocha Crater Lake.
4
Start Pinan trek; walk to a small Indian village.
5
Camp beside Yanacocha Lake.
6
Climb the extinct volcano of Yanaurco (4530m).
7
End trek; relax in hot springs.
8
Visit the Otavalo Indian Market.
9
Summit Imbabura Volcano (4600m).
10 To Cayambe Volcano; ice skills class on glacier (approx
5000m).
11 Ice skills training; to Quito.
12 Free day in Quito to relax.
13 To Cotopaxi N.P.; hike to mountain hut (4800m).
14 Climb Cotopaxi (non climbers hike in N.P); to Quito.
15 End Quito.
Steven Groves
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
125
from
13 days land only
$4090
from
Pai Inacio, Chapada Diamantina
Brazil
NEW
5
Explore the 'Diamond Plateau' l Colonial Salvador de Bahia l Waterfalls, canyons and grottos
Activity Level
In 1842, in a remote mountainous area of Brazil's northeast, diamond deposits were found,
sparking a 20 year diamond rush and giving the region its name of Chapada Diamantina:
Diamond Plateau. This is a region where flattop mesas rise above grasslands and crystalclear waterfalls tumble over limestone escarpments dotted with caves and grottos. We
explore a land carved by time and the elements and uncover its natural treasures, along
with a history and culture which spans three continents. Set inland from the colonial capital,
Salvador de Bahia, Chapada Diamantina's canyons and valleys may be little known but it is
Brazil's premier trekking destination.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
END
START
END
2015
12 Jun
07 Aug
21 Jun
16 Aug
23 Oct
04 Dec
01 Nov
13 Dec
2016
10 Jun
19 Jun
21 Oct
30 Oct
05 Aug 14 Aug
02 Dec 11 Dec
BRAZIL
Salvador
BAHIA
TRIP HIGHLIGHT
Chapada
Diamantina
Rio
Poco Azul and Poco Encantado
Lencois
Vale do Capao
waterfalls
Mucuge
Chapada
Diamantina
walking areas
Ibicoara
0
Los Cuernos, Torres del Paine National Park
80
160
240 km
Salvador
On this trp we visit two of Chapada
Diamantina’s most beautiful
underground pools – Poco Azul (Blue
Well) and Poco Encantado (Enchanted
Pool). The flooded caves shimmer with
bright turquoise waters, particularly
when the sun comes in through a
crevice and shines onto the pools.
CHALLENGING
TAX
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
6 days walking
5 nights in hotels and 5 nights in pousadas
(guest houses)
Start Salvador.
2
Salvador walking tour.
3
To Lencois, Chapada Diamantina.
4
Full day hike to Capao Valley.
5
Cachoeira da Fumaca hike and Riachinho.
6
Full day hike to Guine, transfer to Mucuge.
7
Poco Encantado and Poco Azul.
8
Activity Level
From the arid Atacama Desert in the north to the granite towers and icy rivers of Torres
del Paine National Park in the south, Chile is a wonderful destination for nature lovers to
encounter on foot. The tour starts out in cosmopolitan Santiago and the quirky hillsides of
Valparaiso before descending into the rugged wilderness of Patagonia for some incredible
walks amid dramatic scenery. After flying north to the starry skies of San Pedro de Atacama,
we'll discover a landscape of salt flats, geysers, and otherworldly rock formations.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
17 Jan
07 Feb
29 Jan
19 Feb
START
END
07 Nov
28 Nov
19 Nov
10 Dec
13 Feb
25 Feb
MODERATE
TAW
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
•
3 daywalks and 7 shorter walks
Light backpacking necessary
Travel by internal flights and private/public bus
8 nights hotels, 4 nights mountain refuges with
shared facilities
• 12 breakfasts and 8 lunches included
1
Start Santiago; walking tour of the city.
2
Walking tour through Valparaiso and Vina del Mar.
3
Fly to Punta Arenas, drive to Puerto Natales.
4
To Torres del Paine National Park; walk at Laguna Amarga
and Laguna Azul.
Calama
5
Hike to base of towers.
Salar de
Atacama
6
Hike to the Grey Glacier.
Fumacinha Waterfall hike.
7
Hike to the French Valley.
Encantadas Waterfall hike.
8
Hike to Cuernos del Paine viewpoint; transfer to Puerto
Natales then bus journey to Punta Arenas.
Easter Island
9
Fly to Calama; to San Pedro de Atacama.
One of the most remote settlements
on Earth, Easter Island is situated
3,600km off the coast of Chile. The
island is home to the iconic 'moai'
statues. See Trip Notes.
10 City tour; Afternoon walk amid the strange rock formations of
the Cornizas and Moon Valleys.
2016
16 Jan
28 Jan
• Optional single supplement $390 (excluding refuges)
• Easter Island extension available: see Trip Notes
TRIP EXTENSION
10 To Salvador, end.
Valparaiso
Santiago
to Easter
Island
(optional)
Daily Distance (km)
4
5
6
3
Unique Valparaiso l Hike in Torres del Paine N.P. l Atacama Desert moonscapes
2015
1
9
Chile: Hiking in a Thin Country
13
12
8
9
CHILE
18
12
18
walking
areas
0
400
800
Solo departure
12 Visit El Tatio Geysers; hike in Guatin Valley.
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
5
6
7
Punta Arenas
P Premium departure
11 Visit altiplano lagoons, the town of Toconao and Atacama
salt lake.
13 Transfer to Calama; fly to Santiago; end Santiago.
1200 km
Torres
del Paine
126
$4750
Chile
On Brazil's Diamond Trails
START
AMERICAS • CHILE
AMERICAS • BRAZIL
10 days land only
F Family departure
8
10
8
19
22
8
9
6
11
5
12 2
13 4.5
16
127
from
15 days land only
$5230
from
$2450
Fitzroy Massif, Los Glaciares National Park
Argentina, Chile
5
W-Trek in Torres del Paine l Camp in Fitzroy l See the immense Perito Moreno Glacier
Activity Level
Experience breathtaking landscapes within two classic Patagonian trekking regions on both
sides of the Chile/Argentina border. Challenging walks are rewarded with majestic views
of lagoons, mountains and glaciers. See guanacos grazing and Andean condors circling
overhead, visit the spectacular Perito Moreno Glacier, and find sheer tranquillity in the
beautiful wilderness surrounding Lago San Martin. An essential trip for trekking enthusiasts
that reveals the stunning glory of nature's southern American wonderland.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
END
START
END
2015
18 Jan
08 Feb
01 Mar
30 Jan
20 Feb
13 Mar
25 Oct
08 Nov
22 Nov
CHALLENGING
TAF
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
•
Light backpacking necessary
5 nights hotels, 3 nights Refugios (dormitories),
2 nights camping, 2 nights estancia (shared rooms)
06 Nov
20 Nov
04 Dec
1
Start Buenos Aires; walking city tour.
2
Fly to El Calafate; private transfer to Torres del Paine N.P.
28 Oct
18 Nov
02 Dec
3
Trekking in TDP; to base of Las Torres viewpoint then
to Los Cuernos.
4
Trekking in TDP; to Valle Frances and then back to Paine
Grande.
5
Trekking in TDP; to Glacier Grey viewpoint; catamaran and
bus transfer to El Calafate.
6
Visit Perito Moreno Glacier; transfer to El Chalten.
7
Rest day; optional Viedma Ice Trek tour.
2016
17 Jan
07 Feb
06 Mar
29 Jan
19 Feb
18 Mar
16 Oct
06 Nov
20 Nov
• Price does not include internal flights
Lago San Martin
Mt Fitzroy
Cerro Torre
El Chalten
ARGENTINA
LagoViedma
Lago
CHILE Argentino
from/to
Buenos Aires
Moreno Glacier
El Calafate
Grey
Glacier
Torres
del Paine
trekking areas
Puerto Natales
0
80
160
240 km
Daily Distance (km)
3
4
5
8
20
25
8
18
Escambray
Cuba
Fitzroy & Paine
START
9
10
11
16
13
16
“An exhilarating
holiday. The at times
hostile environment
made a hugely
enjoyable challenge.”
8
Trekking in Fitzroy; Laguna de Los Tres; Laguna Capri.
9
Trekking in Fitzroy; Cerro Torre area; Madre e Hija Lagoons;
Torres Glacier viewpoint.
Trekking Highlights of Cuba
Activity Level
Cuba is divided by three distinct mountain ranges. To the west, we walk through tobacco
fields and rustic farmlands in Vinales, a mountainous area full of limestone karsts. On the
pine covered slopes of the Sierra del Escambray we might spot hummingbirds or hear the
call of the Tocororo. Travelling east we reach the Sierra Maestra, trek to Fidel's jungle
hide-out and ascend Pico Turquino. Images of Cuba's iconic heroes are everywhere and
we learn the dramatic history which enabled two young men to incite a revolution.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
08 Jan
12 Feb
12 Mar
09 Apr
22 Jan
26 Feb
26 Mar
23 Apr
START
END
05 Nov
19 Nov
26 Nov
21 Dec
19 Nov
03 Dec
10 Dec
04 Jan
2015
• Cayo Levisa beach extension available: see Trip Notes
Havana
Gulf of Mexico
Vinales
CUBA
Santa Clara
Sancti Spiritus
Sierra del
Escambray
Trinidad
Camaguey
Caribbean Sea
0
80
160
240 km
Sierra
Maestra
11 Full day trekking in Lago San Martin area; Laguna Corazon.
12 Transfer to El Calafate; fly to Buenos Aires.
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
5
6
6
13
14
12
9
10
11
MODERATE
TAC
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
4 daywalks and 3 half-day walks
7 nights hotels, 2 nights casas particulares, 2 nights
basic huts, 2 nights bunkhouses and 1 night
10 Trekking in Fitzroy; walk back to El Chalten; transfer to
Estancia Condor.
13 End Buenos Aires.
3
Limestone karsts of Vinales Valley l Pico Turquino, Cuba’s highest peak l Vibrant Havana
8
18
7
“A fascinating trip
which combined
trekking and an
insight into real
Cuban culture in a
very effective way.”
1
Start Havana.
2
To Vinales; visit Cueva del Indio.
3
Daywalk in rural Vinales; evening free to explore town.
4
To Sierra del Escambray via Che Guevara’s Mausoleum.
5
Trek in Topes de Collantesa reserve in the Sierra del
Escambray Mountains.
6
‘Vegas Grandes’ waterfall walk; to Trinidad.
7
Free day to explore Trinidad.
8
To Sierra Maestra National Park.
9
Trek to Aguada de Joaquin.
10 Hike the Turquino Peak Trail (1974m).
11 Walk to ‘La Comandancia’; to Camaguey.
12 Sightseeing in Camaguey; to Sancti Spiritus.
13 To Havana; city tour including the old town and Plaza
de la Revolucion.
14 Free day in Havana.
15 Visit La Bodeguita del Medio; end Havana.
Richard Beale
John Croker
128
AMERICAS • CUBA
AMERICAS • ARGENTINA, CHILE
13 days land only
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
129
from
10 days land only
$2400
from
Lake Atitlan
Guatemala
5
Explore colourful Antigua city l Hike up to Pacaya's lava field l Swim in natural hot springs
Activity Level
In the central highlands of Guatemala, lofty volcanoes are commonplace. We hike through
traditional Indian villages, coffee plantations and cloud forest as we climb peaks which offer
staggering views. Although most of the volcanoes are now dormant, we walk to the lava
fields of active Pacaya and to the steaming crater of Cerro Quemado. As well as the fantastic
walking on offer, there is plenty of time to delve into the local culture and find out more
about the Mayan Indians who live in the highlands.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
Grand Canyon National Park
END
CHALLENGING
TAE
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
11 days walking
8 nights standard hotels with en suite rooms,
4 nights full-service camping, 2 nights in basic cabins
with en suite rooms
National Parks Walk
17 Jan
28 Feb
14 Nov
31 Jan
14 Mar
28 Nov
16 Jan
27 Feb
12 Nov
30 Jan
12 Mar
26 Nov
Activity Level
From the dark red sandstone of Zion to the multi-coloured stone spires of Bryce Canyon,
the striking landscapes of the American West will take your breath away. Etched by millions
of years of erosion, sprawling deserts and giant open spaces abound in this geological
wonderland. We include some of the best destinations for walkers in the US with trails to
challenge different abilities. Our journey ends in glittering Las Vegas. Grand on all fronts,
this is a trip with big landscapes, big skies and even bigger adventures.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
24 Apr
29 May
26 Jun
24 Jul
04 Sep
03 May
07 Jun
05 Jul
02 Aug
13 Sep
Quetzaltenango
Zunil
Guatemala
City
Lake
Atitlan
Cerro
de Oro
0
START
END
18 Sep
02 Oct
06 Nov
11 Dec
27 Sep
11 Oct
15 Nov
20 Dec
16 Sep
30 Sep
04 Nov
09 Dec
25 Sep
09 Oct
13 Nov
18 Dec
1
Start Antigua.
2
Pacaya Volcano hike (2570m).
3
To Panajachel and Lake Atitlan.
4
Short boat ride across Lake Atitlan followed by Cerro de Oro
Volcano walk; transfer to San Juan la Laguna.
5
Free day in San Juan.
6
Steep climb ascending Indian’s Nose Peak.
7
Spectacular ridge walk to San Marcos Peak.
• This trip is operated by our sister company Grand American Adventures
8
Trek through mountains to Santa Catarina.
9
Sierra de Parraxquim walk.
2016
22 Apr
27 May
24 Jun
22 Jul
02 Sep
01 May
05 Jun
03 Jul
31 Jul
11 Sep
10 Hike Zunil Volcano (3542m).
Pacaya
50
100
150 km
11 Visit Almolonga, Guatemala’s largest vegetable market.
Free afternoon to enjoy the hot springs.
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
6
7
5
11
18
14
17
9
10
11
12
13
14
12 Short walk to Cerro Quemado Volcano (3197m).
19
23
19
18
21
5
Monument
Valley
13 Hike Santa Maria Volcano (3772m); transfer to Antigua.
Havasupai
Indian
Reservation
14 Free day in Antigua; optional visit to Finca El Pilar Reserve.
15 End Antigua.
MODERATE
TAG
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
9 days walking
7 nights hotels, 2 nights basic lodge (plus 1 hotel night
in Las Vegas for Flight Inclusive bookings)
• No meals included
2015
2016
3
Havasupai Falls l The spectacular Grand Canyon l Tour of iconic Monument Valley
2015
130
$2990
USA
Guatemalan Highlands & Volcanoes
START
AMERICAS • USA
AMERICAS • GUATEMALA
15 days land only
0
150
300
450 km
“If you like the
outdoors and all
that it encompasses
then this is the
trip for you. It is
awesome.”
1
Start Las Vegas; to Zion N.P.
2
Walking in Zion N.P.
3
To Bryce Canyon, afternoon hike.
4
To Moab via Goblin Valley; walking in Arches N.P.
5
Walking in Arches N.P. or optional activities.
6
To Monument Valley for trekking with Navajo guide.
7
Visit the Grand Canyon.
8
To the Havasupai Reservation; drive to Hualapai Hilltop
and hike to Lodge.
9
Choice of walking trails in Havasupai.
10 To Las Vegas; End.
Daily Distance (km)
1
2
3
4
5
9
10
9
8
11
6
7
8
9
9
6
8
10
David Richmond
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
131
from
10 days land only
$2910
from
Bison at ‘Old Faithful’ Geyser
USA
AMERICAS • USA
AMERICAS • USA
12 days land only
$2610
Autumnal colours on the trail
USA
Yellowstone Wildlife Walks
3
Track wolves in Yellowstone N.P. l Glacier and Grand Teton N.P. l Specialist wildlife guides
Activity Level
In the middle of the Rocky Mountains are three celebrated national parks harbouring varied
scenery and wildlife: the spires and azure lakes of Grand Teton, the towering sentinel peaks
of Glacier and the explosive geology of Yellowstone. From colourful meadows, canyons
and waterfalls to fiery volcanic pools and glaciated rocky spires, this is a trip with dramatic
views and iconic wildlife. Specialist local guides will accompany us along the way.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
07 Jun*
14 Jun
21 Jun
28 Jun*
05 Jul*
12 Jul
18 Jun
25 Jun
02 Jul
09 Jul
16 Jul
23 Jul
05 Jun*
12 Jun
19 Jun
26 Jun*
03 Jul*
10 Jul
16 Jun
23 Jun
30 Jun
07 Jul
14 Jul
21 Jul
START
END
19 Jul
26 Jul*
02 Aug*
09 Aug
16 Aug
30 Jul
06 Aug
13 Aug
20 Aug
27 Aug
17 Jul
24 Jul*
31 Jul*
07 Aug
14 Aug
21 Aug*
28 Jul
04 Aug
11 Aug
18 Aug
25 Aug
01 Sep
2015
• Optional single supplement $200 (single tent only)
• *Itinerary operates in reverse - see Trip Notes
CANADA
Glacier N.P.
Seattle
Keechelus Lake
MONTANA
Couer d'Alene
Helena
Holter
Lake
IDAHO
Yellowstone N.P.
UNITED STATES
Grand Teton N.P.
Jackson Hole
WYOMING
0
150
300
450 km
TAY
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
3 daywalks and 7 shorter walks
Some walks dependent on wildlife
11 nights participatory camping (plus 1 hotel night at
the start of the tour for Flight Inclusive bookings)
2016
WASHINGTON
MODERATE
UTAH
Salt Lake City
“This was an
amazing trip on
which we were
lucky enough to see
an abundance of
wildlife in addition to
spectacular scenery.”
1
Start Salt Lake City; to Jackson Hole; short walk.
2
Walk amid the Grand Teton Range.
3
To Yellowstone N.P.
4
Full day in Yellowstone N.P. with specialist wolf guide.
5
Full day with local geology guide.
6
Wilderness daywalk in Yellowstone N.P.
7
Drive to Holter Lake in Montana.
8
To Glacier N.P.; sunset walk.
9
Full day in Glacier N.P.
Walking the Appalachian Trail
Activity Level
Walk in the footsteps of history, exploring the forests and peaks of America's oldest and
most popular footpath, the Appalachian Trail, ideal for nature lovers and photographers
alike. Our daywalks will reveal the best highlights of the region as we delve into the
mountain ranges of New Hampshire, Vermont, Maine and Massachusetts. In Autumn, the
pristine forests of New England transform into vivid hues of crimson and orange, whilst
in contrast, the shores of Mount Desert Island remain rugged and wild. Acadia National
Park is a real highlight, offering unsurpassable mountain, island and ocean vistas.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
END
26 Jun*
24 Jul
04 Sep
11 Sep*
18 Sep**
25 Sep**
02 Oct*
09 Oct*
05 Jul
02 Aug
13 Sep
20 Sep
27 Sep
04 Oct
11 Oct
18 Oct
2015
• Optional single supplement $980 lodge departures; $260 camping departures
• *Lodge departure
• **Both camping and lodge departures on these dates
10 Daywalk in Glacier N.P.
11 To Couer d’Alene; visit Tubbs Hill.
CANADA
13
8
3
3
TAN
•
•
•
•
•
8 days walking
9 nights participatory camping (plus 1 hotel night in
Boston for Flight Inclusive bookings only)
• All meals included whilst camping
1
Start Boston at 07:30 hrs; to Green Mountains National
Forest; hike the Hopper Trail.
2
Mt. Glastonbury wilderness ridge trail; views of
Bennington Monument.
3
To White Mountains National Forest via a sugarbush farm;
trek through forest to Lonesome Lake.
4
Franconia Ridge hike or optional ride on Cannon Mountain
aerial tramway for panoramic vistas across three states.
5
Drive to Baxter State Park.
6
Trek to Mt Katahdin/Baxter Peak.
7
Short nature trail; optional float plane flight.
8
Visit Mount Desert Island - Acadia N.P.; walk the Ocean
Path Trail.
9
Walk along the Acadia Mountain Trail.
10 Drive to Boston; Freedom Trail walking tour. End Boston.
Daily Distance (km)
5
MODERATE
At a Glance
Baxter S.P.
Katahdin
12 To Seattle via Keechelus Lake; end Seattle.
1
2
3
4
5
3
Walk America's oldest trail l Pristine forests and mountains l Views across three states
MAINE
VERMONT
6
6
8
4
9
10
8
11 3
Green
Mountains
14
Mount Desert
Island
White
Mountains
NEW
HAMPSHIRE
walking
areas
Boston
MASSACHUSETTS
LODGE DEPARTURES
If you prefer a little more comfort
then Lodge Departures (9 nights
3-star hotels/lodges) are available on
selected dates. Unlike our camping
version of this trip, meals are not
included on these departures (see trip
code TANP online).
Daily Distance (km)
1
2
3
4
3
6
5
18
5
7
8
9
15
3
4
4
Juliette Hoad
132
P Premium departure
Solo departure
F Family departure
133
AMERICAS • CANADA
12 days land only
from
$2950
Yoho National Park
Canada
Canadian Rockies Wilderness Walk
5
Pristine Rockies wilderness l Visit Banff and Lake Louise l Mountain and glacial scenery
Activity Level
The beautiful Canadian Rockies represent a small but magnificent part of the vast chain
that runs virtually the whole length of the North American continent. Bursting with
national parks and staggering scenery, this is a landscape where emerald lakes, alpine
forests, glaciers and snow-sprinkled mountains all compete for our attention. We hike
along an extensive network of trails in some of the best national parks, hoping to see
eagles, deer, moose and bear as we go, with the added bonus of a multitude of alpine
flowers carpeting the view for miles around.
Trip Code
Dates & Price Guide
START
2015
02 Jul
16 Jul
30 Jul
13 Aug
27 Aug
03 Sep
10 Sep
17 Sep
2016
19 Jun
03 Jul
TAB
At a Glance
•
•
•
•
•
9 days walking
11 nights participatory camping (plus 1 night hotel in
Calgary for Flight Inclusive bookings)
• All meals included whilst camping
END
21 Jun
05 Jul
19 Jul
02 Aug
16 Aug
23 Aug
30 Aug
06 Sep
CHALLENGING
30 Jun
14 Jul
1
Start Calgary; drive to Banff; short hike to Paget Lookout.
2
Walking in Banff N.P.
3
Walking at Lake Louise.
4
Walking in Yoho N.P. British Columbia; Takakkaw Falls.
5
Along the spectacular Columbia Icefields Parkway to Jasper.
6
Hike at Cavell Pond and Meadows in Jasper National Park.
7
Walking at Maligne Lake and Bald Hills; views of Queen
Elizabeth Range.
8
Return along the Icefield Parkway, sightseeing in Banff
and to Kananaskis.
9
Hike through thick forest to the Burstall Pass.
• Optional single supplement $110 (single tent): $320 including 1 hotel night at
start.
ACCOMMODATION
10 Drive to Waterton, half-day walk to Bertha Lake.
Camping in North America
11 Waterton N.P.; Cameron, Summit, Carthew, Alderson
and Waterton Lakes.
Jasper
walking areas
Maligne Range
Jasper N.P.
ALBERTA
Mt Columbia
Icefields Parkway
Lake Louise
Yoho
N.P.
Kootenay N.P.
BRITISH
COLUMBIA
0
134
50
100
150 km
Banff
Calgary
Longview
Waterton
Lakes N.P.
We use 4-man tents for every
two clients. The majority of camp
grounds are spacious, with good
facilities including flush toilets and
hot showers. Self-inflating sleeping
mats and other communal camping
equipment is provided but you'll
need to bring your own sleeping bag
and be prepared to get involved with
participatory camping! (Applies to
trip codes: TAB, TAN and TAY)
12 Visit Head Smashed in Buffalo Jump and return to
Calgary; end.
Daily Distance (km)
2
3
4
5
6
20
18
22
3
12
7
9
10
11
14
8
12
19

Find out more - Platinum Travel Corporation

Transcription

Similar documents

- aimy plus

Future of Media

nt.co.uk Call 028 9099 8395 or visit www.bt.traveldepartment.co.uk 03

2_1045am_measurement_VictorAimi

PAKISTAN - K2 Base Camp and Gondogoro La

Walking Bus Forum Wolverhampton Wanderers Molineux Stadium The

Europe Trip - Bergen Arts and Science Charter School

Star Trek - EMP Museum

Trip to Chudleigh`s Farm